WO2023093889A1 - 侧行链路通信方法和装置 - Google Patents

侧行链路通信方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023093889A1
WO2023093889A1 PCT/CN2022/134769 CN2022134769W WO2023093889A1 WO 2023093889 A1 WO2023093889 A1 WO 2023093889A1 CN 2022134769 W CN2022134769 W CN 2022134769W WO 2023093889 A1 WO2023093889 A1 WO 2023093889A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
configuration
information
access network
message
radio bearer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/134769
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
徐瑞雄
彭文杰
潘晓丹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023093889A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023093889A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/231—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25—Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H04W76/32—Release of transport tunnels

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, to a sidelink communication method and device.
  • inter-device communication allows user equipment (user equipment, UE) to communicate directly through a sidelink (sidelink, SL), for example, Device-to-Device (D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc.
  • D2D Device-to-Device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • the remote UE can Auxiliary transmission is performed through a relay user equipment (relay UE).
  • relay UE For example, through the communication between the Remote UE and the Relay UE and the communication between the Relay UE and the server on the network side, the Remote UE and the Relay UE can communicate through SL. Then realize the communication between the Remote UE and the server on the network side.
  • inter-device communication can support relay.
  • Remote UE can communicate with the protocol data unit (protocol data unit) of Relay UE through the proximity-based services communication (proximity-based services communication 5, PC5) link between Remote UE and Relay UE. , PDU) session to achieve data uplink and downlink transmission and radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) state synchronization, but the communication state between the network side and the UE may be out of sync, for example, when the network side sends an RRC release to the Relay UE (RRC Release) message, the Remote UE needs to enter the RRC_IDLE state (RRC idle state), but the Relay UE may not receive the RRC Release message. At this time, the communication state between the network side and the Remote UE is out of sync.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a sidelink communication method and device, which can realize synchronization of communication states between a Remote UE and a network side in a sidelink communication scenario.
  • a side link communication method includes: a second device receives a first reconfiguration message, the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration, the The first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first device A radio bearer configuration for sending information, wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; the second device releases the first configuration and the The second configuration: the second device receives first information from the first device, and the first information is information sent by the first device to the access network device; the second device according to the The first information sends first indication information to the first device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter a first idle state.
  • the method may be executed by the second device, or by a component of the second device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first device can be understood as a remote user equipment (Remote UE), and the second device can be understood as a relay user equipment (Relay UE), and the Remote UE can communicate with the access network device through the Relay UE.
  • Remote UE and Relay UE can communicate through SL, and SL supports unicast, multicast or broadcast communication.
  • the wireless interface may be a Uu interface. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the present application does not exclude other wireless interfaces, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first reconfiguration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB)
  • the idle state may be understood as an RRC idle state.
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device
  • the radio bearer configuration may be PC5 RLC, that is, the second device may send information to the first device through PC5 RLC.
  • the device sends information. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the second device may also send information to the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other possible interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device before the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the access network device sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may The RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received due to good or other factors.
  • the second device receives first information from the first device, and the first information may be uplink data that the first device needs to send to the access network device.
  • the Remote UE may use an autonomous competition method to send uplink data for data transmission without relying on the scheduling of the access network equipment.
  • the second device sends the first indication information to the first device according to the first information, and the second device needs to send the first information to the access network device, and the second device can send the first information according to the sending status of the first information. Determine whether to send the first indication information.
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, and the radio bearer configuration may be PC5 RLC, that is, the second device may receive information from the first device through PC5 RLC. Device information. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the second device may also receive information sent by the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the Relay UE when the communication status of the Remote UE and the access network equipment is not synchronized, the Relay UE can instruct the Remote UE to enter the RRC idle state or report the abnormal information to the access network equipment for processing through the transmission of uplink data , so as to ensure the synchronization of the communication status between the Remote UE and the access network equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • the second device fails to send the first information to the access network device; the second device sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the second device can determine whether to instruct the first device to enter the RRC state through the transmission of the uplink data of the first device, that is, to realize the communication state synchronization between the Remote UE and the access network device, Reduce the power consumption of Remote UE.
  • the second device cannot be mapped to the first configuration according to the radio bearer ID of the first device.
  • the radio bearer ID may be a DRB ID.
  • the ADAPT layer of the second device can parse the first information to obtain the DRB ID of the first device, and the ADAPT layer of the second device needs to transfer the uplink DRB of the first device from the PC5 RLC of the second device The channel entry is mapped to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device.
  • the second device since the second device has released the first configuration, the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel egress of the second device.
  • the second device determines the transmission status of the uplink data of the first device according to the DRB mapping result of the first device, so as to determine whether to instruct the first device to enter the RRC state, that is, realize Remote UE and access
  • the communication status of network-connected devices is synchronized, reducing the power consumption of Remote UEs.
  • the second device sends second indication information to the access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in a connected state.
  • the connected state may be the RRC connected state.
  • the second device may determine that the third configuration is out of sync with the first configuration state, and it is understandable that the third configuration is out of sync with the first configuration state For, the second device determines that the first configuration has been released, but the third configuration has not been released, so the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device, and the second device can determine that the first device is in RRC connection state. In this case, the second device may indicate to the access network device that the first device is still in the RRC connected state.
  • the access network device receives the second indication information, and the access network device may determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state according to the second indication information.
  • the access network device may also instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device resends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device forwards the RRC release message to the first device, so that the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device sends status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device may also send configuration parameters to the second device, where the configuration parameters include the first configuration and the second configuration, and the configuration parameters are used by the second device to establish the first configuration and the second configuration , so that the second device can provide a data transmission service for the first device.
  • the Relay UE can also report the abnormal information to the access network device for processing, which is beneficial for the access network device to further determine the RRC state of the Remote UE according to the abnormal information, thereby ensuring the reliability of data transmission .
  • a sidelink communication method includes: a first device sends first information to a second device, and the first information is information sent by the first device to an access network device , the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the first device receives first instruction information from the second device, and the first device Information enters the idle state.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the idle state can be understood as the RRC idle state.
  • the Remote UE when the Remote UE sends uplink data to the access network equipment through the Relay UE, it enters the RRC idle state according to the indication information of the Relay UE, so that the current communication state can be accurately determined, ensuring that the Remote UE and the access network The communication status of the device is synchronized to reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • the first device releases a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the Remote UE releases the third configuration after receiving the first indication information, so as to ensure that the Remote UE enters the RRC idle state and reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • a side link communication method includes: an access network device sends a first reconfiguration message to a second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first Radio bearer configuration for sending information by a device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the access network device receives second indication information, and the access network device receives the second indication information according to The second indication information indicates that the first device enters an idle state.
  • the method may be executed by an access network device, or by a component of the access network device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first reconfiguration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB)
  • the idle state may be understood as an RRC idle state.
  • the access network device after the access network device sends the RRC reconfiguration message, it can instruct the Remote UE to enter the RRC idle state according to the second indication information, and the specific beneficial effects of the third aspect can refer to the beneficial effects of the first aspect , which will not be described here.
  • the access network device sends status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration entry The idle state, wherein the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication method includes: a second device receives a first reconfiguration message, the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration, the The first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message; The second device determines whether to send or not to send the first indication information according to the second information and the third information, the second information includes timer setting information, and the third information includes receiving the third indication information or not receiving the third indication information.
  • the third indication information where the third indication information is used to indicate the release of a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, the The first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the method may be executed by the second device, or by a component of the second device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first device can be understood as a Remote UE
  • the second device can be understood as a Relay UE
  • the Remote UE can communicate with the access network device through the Relay UE.
  • Remote UE and Relay UE can communicate through SL, and SL supports unicast, multicast or broadcast communication.
  • the wireless interface may be a Uu interface. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the present application does not exclude other wireless interfaces, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first reconfiguration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB)
  • the idle state may be understood as an RRC idle state.
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device
  • the radio bearer configuration may be PC5 RLC, that is, the second device may send information to the first device through PC5 RLC.
  • the device sends information. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the second device may also send information to the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other possible interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device before the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the access network device sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may The RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received due to good or other factors.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the first device after the first device releases the third configuration, it can send the third indication information to the second device, and the second device can determine that the third information is received as the third indication information, that is, the second device can determine that the first The device is in the RRC idle state; when the second device does not receive the third indication information, that is, the second device can determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state, then, in this case, the first indication information can be used to indicate the first device Enter RRC idle state.
  • the Relay UE can determine whether it needs to instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state by setting the timer and receiving the indication information of the third configuration release, so as to ensure that the communication state is consistent according to the configuration state and reduce Remote UE power consumption.
  • the timer setting information includes timer start information and timer duration information, and the timer start information starts the timing when the access network device releases the first configuration.
  • the timer duration information includes a first duration, and the first duration is a predefined or preconfigured duration.
  • the first duration may be the duration from releasing the first configuration to releasing the third configuration, or may be defined according to a specific implementation, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the Relay UE can be used to determine whether the Remote UE releases the third configuration by setting timer start information and timer duration information, effectively improving the efficiency of determining the communication state.
  • the second device determines that the third indication information is received within the first time period according to the second information and the third information, and the second device does not send The first indication information; or the second device determines that the timer expires within the first duration according to the second information and the third information, and the second device sends the first indication information.
  • the second device can set a timer according to the second information, and the second device can determine whether to receive the third indication information according to the third information, and further, the second device can determine whether to receive the third indication information within the duration of the timer.
  • the third indication information so as to determine whether the third configuration is released within the first duration, if the third configuration is released, the first indication information is not sent; if the third configuration is not released, the first indication information is sent to the first device, The first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the second device when the second device determines according to the second information and the third information that the timer expires within the first duration, the second device sends The network access device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in a connected state.
  • the connected state may be the RRC connected state.
  • the Relay UE can also report the abnormal information to the access network device for processing, which is beneficial for the access network device to further determine the RRC state of the Remote UE according to the abnormal information, thereby ensuring the reliability of data transmission.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: when the first device receives the first release message, the first device releases the third configuration and sends third indication information, the first device
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration, wherein the first device passes through the second
  • the device communicates with the access network device; when the first device does not receive the first release message, the first device receives first indication information, and the first device enters the idle state.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first release message may be an RRC release message
  • the idle state may be an RRC idle state
  • the Remote UE indicates the Relay UE through the third indication information and enters the RRC idle state when receiving the RRC release message, and enters the RRC idle state according to the indication of the Remote UE when the RRC release message is not received.
  • the communication status between the Remote UE and the access network device can be synchronized according to the configuration status, and the power consumption of the Remote UE can be reduced.
  • the first device releases a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a side link communication method comprising: an access network device sends a first reconfiguration message to a second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first Radio bearer configuration for sending information by a device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the access network device receives second indication information, and the access network device receives the second indication information according to The second indication information indicates that the first device enters an idle state.
  • the method may be executed by an access network device, or by a component of the access network device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the access network device after the access network device sends the RRC reconfiguration message, it can instruct the Remote UE to enter the RRC idle state according to the second indication information.
  • the specific beneficial effect can refer to the beneficial effect of the first aspect, and will not be repeated here. .
  • the access network device sends status indication information to the first device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the idle state, where,
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication method includes: the first device determines the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication according to a timer, and the first communication is used for the first device to send The second device or the access network device sends uplink data or receives downlink data from the second device or the access network device, and the second communication is used for the first device to receive data from the second device or the access network device The downlink data of the access network device or the uplink data sent to the second device or the access network device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the first The device determines that the timer expires according to the communication interval; the first device enters an idle state according to the timer expires.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first device can be understood as a Remote UE
  • the second device can be understood as a Relay UE
  • the Remote UE can communicate with the access network device through the Relay UE.
  • Remote UE and Relay UE can communicate through SL, and SL supports unicast, multicast or broadcast communication.
  • the wireless interface may be a Uu interface. It should be understood that, as technology evolves, the present application does not exclude other wireless interfaces, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other possible interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device before the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the access network device sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may The RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received due to good or other factors.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication can be understood as the time interval from the first device sending uplink data to receiving downlink data, or the time from the first device sending uplink data to the next sending uplink data The interval, or, the time interval from receiving the downlink data to receiving the downlink data by the first device, or, the time interval from receiving the downlink data to sending the uplink data by the first device.
  • the first device may set a timer, and determine whether the timer times out according to the communication interval length.
  • the timer timeout may be understood as the communication interval exceeding the timer length.
  • the Remote UE can monitor the transmission interval between uplink data and/or downlink data by setting a timer, and further determine whether to enter the RRC idle state according to whether the timer times out, so as to communicate with the access network
  • the communication status of the device is synchronized, which improves the communication quality and reduces the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • the first device when the first device receives the downlink data of the first communication, the first device starts the timer, and the first device does not receive the downlink data within the second duration.
  • the timer times out, wherein the second duration is the duration of the timer, and the duration of the second duration is predefined or preconfigured; when the When the first device sends the uplink data of the first communication, the first device starts the timer, and the first device does not receive the downlink data of the second communication within the second time period, then the The above timer expires.
  • the first device monitors the communication interval between uplink and/or downlink data, and further determines to enter the RRC idle state when the communication interval exceeds a certain length of time.
  • the first device sends a first request message to the access network device or the second device, where the first request message is used to request to determine the second configuration and the third configuration Whether the state is synchronized, the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to send information to the first device, and the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to receive information from the first device radio bearer configuration of the information; the first device receives a first message from the access network device or the second device, and the first device determines the second configuration and the third configuration according to the first message Whether the configuration state is synchronized.
  • the first device if the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device remains in the RRC connected state; if the second configuration is not synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state .
  • the Remote UE can request the configuration information check from the access network device or the Relay UE, so that it can be clearly determined whether the communication status of the Remote UE and the access network device are consistent according to whether the configuration status is synchronized, reducing Power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • the first device sends configuration request information to the second device, where the configuration request information includes the second configuration; the first device receives a second message, and the first The second message includes the second configuration; the first device determines whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration according to the second message.
  • the Remote UE can request the second configuration from the Relay UE, and actively judge the status of the second configuration and the third configuration.
  • beneficial effects please refer to the beneficial effects of the seventh aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration, the The first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message;
  • the second device receives first request information from the first device; the second device determines whether the state of the second configuration and a third configuration are synchronized according to the first request message, and the third configuration includes using
  • the second device receives the radio bearer configuration information from the first device; the second device sends a first message to the first device, and the first message is used to indicate the second configuration and Whether the third configuration state is synchronized.
  • the method may be executed by the second device, or by a component of the second device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the Relay UE after receiving the configuration information check request message of the Remote UE, the Relay UE can clearly indicate whether the current configuration status of the Remote UE is synchronized, so as to ensure that the communication status of the Remote UE and the access network device are synchronized.
  • the second device receives configuration request information from the first device; the second device sends a second message to the first device according to the configuration request information, and the first device
  • the second message includes a second configuration, and the second message is used by the first device to determine whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • a side link communication method comprising: an access network device sends a first reconfiguration message to a second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first Radio bearer configuration for sending information by a device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the access network device receives first request information from the first device;
  • the access network device determines whether the state of the second configuration and the third configuration are synchronized according to the first request message, and the third configuration includes a wireless device for the second device to receive information from the first device Bearer configuration: the access network device sends a first message to the first device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the configuration information check request message of the Remote UE, it can specify whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized, and further indicate whether the current configuration state of the Remote UE is synchronized, so that the Remote UE
  • the UE may determine the communication state of the access network device according to whether the current configuration state is synchronous.
  • a sidelink communication method includes: an access network device sends a first release message to the first device through a second device; the access network device receives the first feedback message, and the The access network device determines that the first device enters an idle state according to the first feedback message, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the access network The device sends a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the first configuration includes mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the second configuration.
  • the radio link control radio bearer configuration of the radio interface of the second device, the second configuration includes the radio bearer configuration used for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the method may be executed by an access network device, or by a component of the access network device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the first device will not receive the RRC release message, and further, the first device will not send the first feedback message to the access network device.
  • the Remote UE after the Remote UE receives the RRC release message sent by the access network device, the Remote UE sends a feedback message to the access network device through the Relay UE and then performs configuration release, which realizes the end-to-end response process, making the access network device
  • the network access device directly determines the RRC state of the Remote UE. Thereby, it is synchronized with the communication state of the Remote UE, improves the communication quality, and reduces the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • the first access network device sets a timer, and the duration of the timer is a third duration; the first access network device sends the The timer is started when the RRC releases a message; the first access network device receives the first feedback message within the third duration.
  • the access network device can limit the time for receiving the feedback message, thereby effectively improving the efficiency of determining the RRC state and reducing the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • a sidelink communication method includes: a first device receives a first release message; the first device sends a first feedback message to an access network device through a second device, and the method includes: The first feedback message is used by the access network device to determine that the first device enters an idle state, where the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the first The device releases a third configuration including a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the Remote UE after the Remote UE receives the RRC release message sent by the access network device, the Remote UE sends a feedback message to the access network device through the Relay UE and then performs configuration release, which realizes the end-to-end response process, making the access network device
  • the network access device directly determines that the Remote UE is in the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device then sends an RRC reconfiguration message to synchronize with the communication state of the Remote UE.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: a second device receives a first release message from an access network device and sends it to the first device, wherein the first device passes through the The second device communicates with the access network device; the second device receives a first feedback message from the first device and sends it to the access network device, and the first feedback message is used in the access network The device determines that the first device enters an idle state.
  • the method may be executed by the second device, or by a component of the second device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message, and the first configuration includes making the first configuration
  • the radio bearer of a device is mapped to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device .
  • the Relay UE sends the RRC release message of the access network device to the Remote UE, and then sends a feedback message from the Remote UE to the access network device, realizing an end-to-end response process, with specific beneficial effects
  • the Relay UE sends the RRC release message of the access network device to the Remote UE, and then sends a feedback message from the Remote UE to the access network device, realizing an end-to-end response process, with specific beneficial effects
  • a sidelink communication method includes: an access network device sends a first release message to a second device, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth The indication information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the access network device receives the first A status report message, wherein the access network device determines according to the first status report message that the first device has received the first release message, wherein the first device performs the process through the second device and the access network device Communication: the access network device sends a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the first configuration includes making the first device
  • the radio bearer is mapped to a radio bearer configuration of a radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the method may be executed by an access network device, or by a component of the access network device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the access network device adds indication information in the RRC release message to instruct the Relay UE to send a status report message to the access network device after receiving the RRC release message sent by the access network device Then the configuration is released, and the end-to-end response process is realized, so that the access network device directly determines the RRC state of the Remote UE. Thereby, it is synchronized with the communication status of the Remote UE.
  • the tenth aspect which will not be repeated here.
  • the first access network device sets a timer, and the duration of the timer is a fourth duration; the first access network device sends the or the timer is started when the first release message is issued; the access network device receives the first status report message within the fourth duration.
  • the access network device can limit the time for receiving the status report message, thereby effectively improving the efficiency of determining the RRC status.
  • a sidelink communication method comprising: the second device receives a first release message, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate The second device sends a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message;
  • the network access device sends a first status report message, where the first status report message is used by the access network device to determine that the second device has received the first release message, where the first device passes the second
  • the device communicates with the access network device; the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message, and the first configuration
  • a radio bearer configuration including mapping a radio bearer of the first device to a radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, the second configuration including a configuration for the second device to send information to the first device Radio bearer configuration.
  • the method may be executed by the second device, or by a component of the second device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the Relay UE adds indication information to the RRC release message received from the access network device, so that the Relay UE sends a status message to the access network device after receiving the RRC release message sent by the access network device
  • the report message is then configured and released to implement an end-to-end response process, allowing the access network device to directly determine the RRC status of the Remote UE. Thereby, it is synchronized with the communication status of the Remote UE.
  • beneficial effects refer to the tenth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second device sends the first release message to the first device, the first release message is used for the first device to release a third configuration, and the third configuration includes A radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a sidelink communication method, the method comprising: a first device receives a first release message from a second device, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication The information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the first device releases the third configuration, and the third The configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device.
  • the method may be executed by the first device, or by a component of the first device, for example, a processor or a chip.
  • the Remote UE receives the RRC release message sent by the Relay UE, in which indication information is added, so that the Relay UE sends a status report to the access network device after receiving the RRC release message sent by the access network device
  • the message is then configured and released to implement an end-to-end response process, allowing the access network device to directly determine the RRC status of the Remote UE.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and the second configuration, the The first configuration includes mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes the radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first The radio bearer configuration of the information sent by the device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; a processing unit, configured to release the first configuration and the first configuration according to the first reconfiguration message The second configuration; the transceiver unit is configured to receive first information from the first device, and the first information is information sent by the first device to the access network device; the transceiver unit, It is further configured to send first indication information to the first device according to the first information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the information sent by the transceiver unit to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may receive an RRC release message due to poor air interface signal quality or other factors.
  • the RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received.
  • the transceiver unit receives first information from the first device, and the first information may be uplink data that the first device needs to send to the access network device.
  • the transceiver unit sends the first indication information to the first device according to the first information.
  • the transceiver unit needs to send the first information to the access network device, and the processing unit can determine whether to send the first information according to the sending status of the first information.
  • the first instruction message is a short code
  • the third configuration refers to the specific elaboration of the first aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to, when sending the first information to the access network device fails, the sending unit sends the first indication information to the first device .
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to be unable to map to the first configuration according to the DRB ID of the first device.
  • the processing unit may parse the first information through the ADAPT layer of the second device to obtain the DRB ID of the first device, and the ADAPT layer of the second device needs to transfer the DRB uplink of the first device from the second device.
  • the PC5 RLC channel entry of the Uu RLC channel of the second device is mapped to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device.
  • the second device since the second device has released the first configuration, the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel egress of the second device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send second indication information to the access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the processing unit may determine that the third configuration is out of sync with the first configuration state, and the third configuration out of sync with the first configuration state can be understood as,
  • the second device determines that the first configuration has been released, but the third configuration has not been released, so the transceiver unit cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device, and the processing unit can determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the processing unit may instruct the access network device that the first device is still in the RRC connected state.
  • the transceiver unit receives the second indication information, and the processing unit may determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state according to the second indication information.
  • the processing unit may also instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the transceiver unit may also send configuration parameters to the second device, where the configuration parameters include the first configuration and the second configuration, and the configuration parameters are used by the second device to establish the first configuration and the second configuration, so that Make the second device enter the RRC connection state.
  • the transceiver device can also report abnormal information to the access network device for processing, thereby ensuring the synchronization of the communication status between the Remote UE and the access network device, and improving the reliability of data transmission.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send first information to a second device, where the first information is sent by the first device to an access network device information, the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the second device, and the first device The first indication information enters the idle state.
  • the sidelink communication apparatus further includes: a processing unit, configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes being used for the second device to receive the The radio bearer configuration of the information about the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first Radio bearer configuration for sending information by a device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information, and the access network The device instructs the first device to enter a state according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the In the idle state, the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and the second configuration, the The first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a configuration for the second device to send information to the first device Radio bearer configuration, wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; a processing unit configured to release the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message The processing unit is further configured to determine whether to send or not to send the first indication information according to the second information and/or the third information, the second information includes timer setting information, and the third information includes receiving the third indication information or the third indication information has not been received, the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration, and the third configuration includes information for the second device to receive information from the first device Radio bearer configuration, the first indication information is used to instruct the first
  • the information sent by the transceiver unit to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other possible interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may receive an RRC release message due to poor air interface signal quality or other factors.
  • the RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the transceiver unit may send the third indication information to the second device, and the processing unit may determine that the third information is received as the third indication information, that is, the second device may determine that the third indication information is received.
  • a device is in the RRC idle state; when the transceiver unit does not receive the third indication information, that is, the second device can determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state, then, in this case, the first indication information can be used to indicate the first device Enter RRC idle state.
  • the timer setting information includes timer start information and timer duration information, and the timer start information starts the timing when the access network device releases the first configuration.
  • the timer duration information includes a first duration, and the first duration is a predefined or preconfigured duration.
  • the first duration may be the duration from releasing the first configuration to releasing the third configuration, or may be defined according to a specific implementation, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the second information and the third information, that the third indication information is received within the first duration, and the transceiver unit does not Sending the first indication information; or determining according to the second information and the third information that the timer expires within the first duration, and the sending and receiving unit sends the first indication information.
  • the processing unit may set a timer according to the second information, and the processing unit may determine whether the third indication information is received according to the third information, and further, the processing unit may determine whether the third indication is received within the duration of the timer information, so as to determine whether the third configuration is released within the first duration, if the third configuration is released, the first indication information will not be sent; if the third configuration is not released, the first indication information will be sent to the first device, and the first device Release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the transceiver unit when the processing unit determines according to the second information and the third information that the timer expires within the first duration, the transceiver unit is further configured to send The access network device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in an RRC connection state.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a processing unit, configured to release a third configuration when the first device receives a first release message, the third configuration includes A radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device; a transceiver unit, configured to send third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration, wherein the The first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; when the first device does not receive the first release message, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information, the first release message A device enters an idle state according to the first indication information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and The second configuration, the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to communicate with the second device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the An idle state, wherein the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a processing unit configured to determine the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication according to a timer, the first communication is used for the first The device sends uplink data to the second device or the access network device or receives downlink data from the second device or the access network device, and the second communication is used for the first device to receive data from the second device The downlink data of the device or the access network device or the uplink data sent to the second device or the access network device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the The processing unit is further configured to determine that the timer expires according to the communication interval; the processing unit is further configured to enter an idle state according to the timer expires.
  • the information sent by the transceiver unit to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may send the RRC release message to the first device due to poor air interface signal quality or other The reason is that the RRC release message sent by the transceiver unit has not been received.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication can be understood as the time interval from sending the uplink data to receiving the downlink data by the transceiver unit, or the time interval from sending the uplink data to the next time the uplink data is sent by the transceiver unit, Or, the time interval from receiving the downlink data to receiving the downlink data by the transceiver unit, or the time interval from receiving the downlink data to sending the uplink data by the transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit may set a timer, and determine whether the timer times out according to the communication interval length.
  • the timer timeout may be understood as the communication interval exceeding the timer duration.
  • the sidelink communication device further includes a transceiver unit, and when the transceiver unit receives the downlink data of the first communication, the processing unit is specifically configured to start the timing If the transceiver unit does not receive the downlink data of the second communication within the second duration, the processing unit determines that the timer is timed out, wherein the second duration is the duration of the timer , the time length of the second duration is predefined or preconfigured; when the transceiver unit sends the uplink data of the first communication, the processing unit is specifically configured to start the timer, and the transceiver unit is If the downlink data of the second communication is not received within the second time period, the processing unit determines that the timer expires.
  • the processing unit monitors the communication interval between uplink and/or downlink data, and further determines to enter the RRC idle state when the communication interval exceeds a certain length of time.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send a first request message to the access network device or the second device, where the first request message is used to request to determine the second configuration and the second configuration.
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to send information to the first device
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to receive information from the first device Radio bearer configuration of information of a device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first message from the access network device or the second device, and the first device determines the second message according to the first message Whether the configuration is synchronized with the third configuration state.
  • the first device if the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device remains in the RRC connected state; if the second configuration is not synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state .
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send configuration request information to the second device, where the configuration request information includes the second configuration; the transceiver unit is also configured to receive a second message , the second message includes the second configuration; the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the second message, whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, where the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate release of the first configuration and the second configuration,
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device radio bearer configuration, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device;
  • a processing unit is configured to release the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message configuration;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first request information from the first device;
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized according to the first request message ,
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to the first device, the first A message is used to indicate
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive configuration request information from the first device; the transceiving unit is further configured to send a second message to the first device according to the configuration request information , the second message includes a second configuration, and the second message is used by the first device to determine whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • a side link communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and
  • the second configuration the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to communicate with the second device.
  • a wireless bearer configuration for sending information by a device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first request from the first device information; a processing unit configured to determine whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized according to the first request message, and the third configuration includes information for the second device to receive from the first device
  • the radio bearer configuration; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to the first device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first release message to the first device through the second device; the transceiver unit is also configured to receive the first feedback message, the access network device determines that the first device enters an idle state according to the first feedback message, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the The transceiver unit is further configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the first configuration includes making the radio bearer of the first device A radio bearer configuration mapped to a radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, where the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the transceiver unit if the transceiver unit does not receive the RRC release message, the first device will not receive the RRC release message, and further, the transceiver unit will not send the first feedback message to the access network device.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to set a timer, and the time length of the timer is a third time length; and when the sending and receiving unit sends the RRC release message to the first device Start the timer when the timer is set; the receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first feedback message at the third duration.
  • a twenty-sixth aspect provides a sidelink communication device, including: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first release message; the transceiver unit, further configured to send the first release message to an access network device through a second device A feedback message, where the first feedback message is used by the access network device to determine that the first device enters an idle state, where the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; A processing unit, configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first release message from an access network device and send it to the first device, wherein the first device passes the The second device communicates with the access network device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first feedback message from the first device; the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first feedback message to the In the access network device, the first feedback message is used by the access network device to determine that the first device enters an idle state.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first reconfiguration message
  • the processing unit is configured to release the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message, and the first configuration
  • a radio bearer configuration including mapping a radio bearer of the first device to a radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, the second configuration including a configuration for the second device to send information to the first device Radio bearer configuration.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit configured to send a first release message to a second device, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth The indication information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, and the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive the A first status report message, the access network device determines according to the first status report message that the first device has received the first release message, wherein the first device passes through the second device and the access network The device communicates; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the first configuration includes using The radio bearer of the first device is mapped to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer for the second device to send information to the first device configuration.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to set a timer for the device, and the time length of the timer is a fourth time length; when the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the second device start or the timer; the transceiver unit is specifically configured to receive the first status report message within the fourth duration.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first release message, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to instructing the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the transceiver unit is further configured to, according to the fourth indication information sending a first status report message to the access network device, where the first status report message is used by the access network device to determine that the second device has received the first release message, wherein the first device passes The second device communicates with the access network device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, and the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • the first configuration includes mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to The wireless bearer configuration for sending information by the first device is described above.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first release message to the first device, where the first release message is used for the first device to release a third configuration, and the third The configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a sidelink communication device including: a transceiver unit configured to receive a first release message from a second device, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication The information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; a processing unit, configured to release the third configuration, the A third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device.
  • a sidelink communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled with the memory, and can be used to execute instructions in the memory, so as to implement the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifteenth aspect above.
  • the device further includes a memory.
  • the device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit, and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifteenth aspect.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be one or more chips
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop and various logic circuits, etc.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example but not limited to, a transceiver
  • the output signal of the output circuit may be, for example but not limited to, output to the transmitter and transmitted by the transmitter
  • the circuit may be the same circuit, which is used as an input circuit and an output circuit respectively at different times.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation manners of the processor and various circuits.
  • a processing device including: a processor and a memory, the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a transceiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to Execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect to the fifteenth aspect.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be set separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the memory and the configuration of the memory and the processor.
  • a non-transitory memory such as a read-only memory (read only memory, ROM)
  • ROM read only memory
  • a related data interaction process such as sending indication information may be a process of outputting indication information from a processor
  • receiving capability information may be a process of receiving input capability information from a processor.
  • data output by the processor may be output to the transmitter, and input data received by the processor may be from the transceiver.
  • the transmitter and the transceiver may be collectively referred to as a transceiver.
  • the processing means in the above thirty-third aspect may be one or more chips.
  • the processor in the processing device may be implemented by hardware or by software.
  • the processor When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory, which can Integrated in a processor, it can exist independently of that processor.
  • a thirty-fourth aspect provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: a computer program (also referred to as code, or an instruction), when the computer program is executed, the computer executes the above-mentioned first aspect to the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect.
  • a computer program also referred to as code, or an instruction
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (also called code, or instruction), and when it is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned A method in any one possible implementation manner of the first aspect to the fifteenth aspect.
  • a computer program also called code, or instruction
  • a thirty-sixth aspect provides a system-on-a-chip, including a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the system-on-a-chip executes the above-mentioned implementations of the first to fifteenth aspects Methods.
  • a communication system in a thirty-seventh aspect, includes the device in the thirty-first aspect.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a sidelink communication system architecture 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic interaction diagram applicable to the sidelink communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 shows a schematic interaction diagram applicable to the sidelink communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 shows another schematic interaction diagram applicable to the sidelink communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 shows another schematic interaction diagram applicable to the sidelink communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 shows a schematic interaction diagram applicable to the sidelink communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic block diagram applicable to a sidelink communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic architecture diagram of a sidelink communication device applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, 5th Generation (5G) system or new radio (New Radio, NR), or future evolved systems, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of the present application may refer to user equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network or future evolution of the public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN)
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA)
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in the wideband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system (NodeB, NB) can also be the evolved base station (Evolutionary Base Station) in the LTE system NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle equipment, wearable device and future
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the network equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network.
  • the communication system 100 may include two user equipments, such as the user equipment 111 and the user equipment 112 shown in FIG. 1, and the communication system 100 may also include an access network device, such as the Access network device 121.
  • the user equipment 112 when the user equipment 112 is out of network coverage or the communication signal with the access network equipment 121 is not good, it can communicate with the user equipment 111, and the user equipment 111 can communicate with the access network equipment 121, thereby realizing In the communication between the user equipment 112 and the access network device 121, the access network device 121 forwards the data to the data network through the UPF.
  • the user equipment 112 may be referred to as a remote user equipment (Remote UE) in the embodiment of the present application, and the user equipment 111 may be regarded as a user equipment that assists the Remote UE in accessing the network.
  • It can be called relay user equipment (Relay UE), and the Remote UE communicates with the network through the Relay UE to realize the communication between the Remote UE and the network.
  • Remote UE and Relay UE can communicate through SL, and SL supports unicast, multicast or broadcast communication.
  • the communication between Relay UE and Remote UE can be based on unicast mode.
  • SL transmission also requires the sending UE to obtain resources in advance to send data. There are two ways to obtain resources on SL:
  • the base station scheduling method is similar to the Uu interface.
  • the UE Before sending SL data, the UE first reports the sidelink buffer status report (SL BSR) to tell the access network device how much data to send, and then The access network device allocates a sidelink grant (SL grant) of the corresponding size to the sending UE for SL transmission; or for periodic services, the UE reports the attributes of the periodic services (start time, period, packet size, etc. ), and then the access network device configures a periodic SL grant for the UE, and then the UE does not need to obtain the SL grant by frequently reporting the BSR.
  • SL BSR sidelink buffer status report
  • Method 2 UE autonomously competes, for example, by measuring whether each time-frequency resource on the SL is occupied, to select an empty unoccupied resource for transmission, and does not rely on base station scheduling at this time.
  • the terminal device may use the above method 1 or method 2 to obtain resources when performing SL transmission, or may use other resource obtaining methods, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for easy understanding, and the communication system may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 1 is only an application scenario of the embodiment of the present application, and the application does not limit the application scenario of the method.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application is described in detail by taking the interaction between a network device and a terminal device in a relay communication scenario as an example for ease of understanding and description.
  • the user equipment may also be called: mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, Remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the user equipment may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol , SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, user equipment in the future 5G network or user equipment in the future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc
  • the user equipment may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the user equipment may also be a user equipment in an Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and object interconnection.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, narrow band NB technology.
  • the NB may include one resource block (resource block, RB), that is, the bandwidth of the NB is only 180KB.
  • resource block resource block
  • terminals must be discrete in terms of access. According to the communication method of the embodiment of the application, it can effectively solve the congestion problem of IOT technology mass terminals when accessing the network through NB.
  • the access device in this embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with user equipment, and the access device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device.
  • the access device may be an LTE system
  • the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the network can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, access point, Vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, access devices in the future 5G network or access devices in the future evolved PLMN network, etc., can be the access point (access point, AP) in the WLAN, or the new wireless system (new The gNB in the radio (NR) system is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user equipment may also communicate with user equipment in other communication systems, for example, communication between devices.
  • the user equipment may also perform time synchronization message transmission (for example, send and/or receive) with user equipment in other communication systems.
  • the access device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with user equipment, and the access device may also be called an access network device or a wireless access network device.
  • the access device may be a An evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, or a vehicle-mounted device , wearable devices and access devices in 5G networks or access devices in future evolved PLMN networks, etc., can be access points (access points, APs) in WLAN, or gNBs in NR systems.
  • This application implements Examples are not limited.
  • the access device is a device in the RAN, or in other words, a RAN node that connects the user equipment to the wireless network.
  • gNB transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B Node B, NB
  • base station controller base station controller
  • base transceiver station base transceiver station
  • BTS home base station
  • home evolved NodeB or home Node B, HNB
  • base band unit base band unit
  • BBU wireless fidelity
  • wireless fidelity wireless fidelity
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node, or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU -CP node) and RAN equipment of user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and DU node.
  • a centralized unit centralized unit, CU
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU -CP node) and RAN equipment of user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and DU node.
  • the access device provides services for the cell, and the user equipment communicates with the access device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • a cell a cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a micro cell Femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • multiple cells can work at the same frequency on the carrier in the LTE system or 5G system at the same time.
  • the concept of the above-mentioned carrier and cell can also be considered to be equivalent.
  • a carrier aggregation (carrier aggregation, CA) scenario when a secondary carrier is configured for the UE, the carrier index of the secondary carrier and the cell identification (cell identification, Cell ID) of the secondary cell working on the secondary carrier will be carried at the same time.
  • the concepts of a carrier and a cell are equivalent, for example, accessing a carrier by a user equipment is equivalent to accessing a cell.
  • the communication system of the present application may also be applicable to vehicle to everything (V2X) technology, that is, the user equipment of the present application may also be a car, for example, a smart car or an automatic driving car.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • V2X represents different communication targets.
  • V2X can include but not limited to: vehicle to vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V), vehicle to infrastructure (V2I), vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N), and vehicle to pedestrian (V2P).
  • the access device can configure a "zone" for the UE.
  • the area may also be referred to as a geographical area.
  • the area When the area is configured, the world will be divided into multiple areas, which are defined by the reference point, length, and width.
  • the UE When determining an area identifier (identifier, ID), the UE will use the length and width of the area, the number of areas above the length, the number of areas above the width, and reference points to perform other operations.
  • ID area identifier
  • the foregoing information may be configured by the access device.
  • V2X services can be provided in two ways: namely, based on Proximity-based Services Communication 5 (PC5) interface and based on Uu interface.
  • PC5 interface is an interface defined on the basis of a sidelink. Using this interface, communication devices (for example, automobiles) can directly perform communication transmission.
  • the PC5 interface can be used both out of coverage (OOC) and in coverage (IC), but only authorized communication devices can use the PC5 interface for transmission.
  • the communication states of the user equipment and the network equipment may be out of sync. Specifically, the configuration states of the user equipment and the network equipment may be different, resulting in inconsistent communication states of the user equipment and the network equipment. For example, the actual RRC state of the user equipment is not synchronized with the RRC state of the user equipment assumed by the network device.
  • the Remote UE communicates with the access network device through the Relay UE, but there may be abnormal configuration problems between the Remote UE and the access network device. For example, the access network device and the Remote The communication status of the UE is abnormal, which affects the communication quality.
  • the access network device sends an RRC release message to the Relay UE, the Relay UE may not receive the RRC release message, and the access network device thinks that the Remote UE is in the RRC idle state , the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the Relay UE, and the Relay UE will release the mapping relationship between the DRB of the Remote UE and the Uu-RLC bearer of the Relay UE, and the uplink data of the Remote UE cannot be mapped to the Uu-RLC bearer.
  • the asynchronous communication state between the user equipment and the network equipment can be understood as the Remote UE is in the RRC connection state, but the access network equipment thinks that the Remote UE is in the RRC idle state. Thus, the communication quality is affected, and the power consumption of the terminal equipment is increased.
  • the present application provides a sidelink communication method and device, which can solve the problem of asynchronous communication status between the Remote UE and the access network equipment, thereby improving the communication quality and reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 200 shown in FIG. 2 may be executed by the terminal device and the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, which is used to indicate to release the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first reconfiguration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • RRC reconfiguration message The following uses the RRC reconfiguration message as an example for description.
  • the second device receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the access network device.
  • the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used for the second device to release the configuration on the radio bearer, and may include the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration may include the configuration of mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC of the second device, that is, it can be understood that the DRB of the first device is mapped to the radio bearer of the second device through the first configuration on the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC.
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer DRB.
  • the wireless interface may be a Uu interface or other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the second device may send information to the first device through PC5 RLC, and the second device may also send information to the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission, and may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device sends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, in this case, the access network device It is considered that the first device has entered the RRC idle state. However, the second device does not receive the RRC release message.
  • the second device does not receive the RRC release message sent by the access network device due to poor air interface signal quality or other factors.
  • the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • the second device releases the configuration for mapping the DRB of the first device to the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC of the second device.
  • the second device may release the configuration for mapping the data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB) of the first device to the radio bearer of the Uu RLC of the second device.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the second device releases the radio bearer configuration used by the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the second device may release the radio bearer configuration of the PC5 RLC at the sending end of the second device.
  • the second device receives first information from the first device, where the first information is information sent by the first device to the access network device.
  • the second device receives the first information from the first device.
  • the first device sends the first information to the second device.
  • the first device sends the first information to the access network device through the second device, and the first information may be understood as uplink data that the first device needs to send to the access network device.
  • the Remote UE can use an autonomous competition method to send uplink data for data transmission without relying on the scheduling of the access network equipment.
  • the second device sends first indication information to the first device according to the first information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the idle state may be the RRC idle state, and the following description will be made by taking the RRC idle state as an example.
  • the second device receives the first information, the second device fails to send the first information to the access network device, and the second device sends the first indication information to the first device to instruct the first device Enter RRC idle state.
  • the second device fails to send the first information to the access network device, it may be understood that the second device fails to map the DRB of the first device to the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC of the second device.
  • the adaptation layer (adaptation layer, ADAPT) of the second device parses the first information to obtain the DRB ID of the first device, and the ADAPT layer of the second device needs to uplink the first device
  • the DRB is mapped from the PC5 RLC channel ingress of the second device to the Uu RLC channel egress of the second device.
  • the second device since the second device has released the first configuration, the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel egress of the second device.
  • the first device releases the third configuration according to the first indication information, and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the third configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the second device may receive information from the first device through PC5 RLC, and the second device may also receive information from the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second device may send second indication information to the access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device, so the second device can determine that the third configuration is out of sync with the first configuration state, and the third configuration is not in sync with the first configuration state.
  • a configuration state out of sync can be understood as that the second device determines that the first configuration has been released, but the third configuration has not been released, so the second device cannot map the DRB of the first device to the Uu RLC channel exit of the second device, and the second The device may determine that the first device is in an RRC connected state. In this case, the second device may indicate to the access network device that the first device is still in the RRC connected state.
  • the access network device receives the second indication information, and the access network device may determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state according to the second indication information.
  • the access network device may instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device resends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device forwards the RRC release message to the first device, so that the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device sends status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device may also send configuration parameters to the second device, where the configuration parameters include the first configuration and the second configuration, where the configuration parameters are used by the second device to establish the first configuration and the second configuration,
  • the second device can provide the first device with a data transmission service.
  • the Relay UE can instruct the Remote UE to enter the RRC idle state or report the abnormal information to the access network equipment for processing through the transmission of uplink data, so that Ensure the synchronization of the communication status between the Remote UE and the access network equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic interaction diagram of another sidelink communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 shown in FIG. 3 may be executed by the terminal device and the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, where the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate to release the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • This step is the same as step S210 in the method 200 and will not be repeated here.
  • the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • This step is the same as step S220 in the method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second device determines to send or not to send first indication information according to the second information and/or third information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the second device determines whether to send the first indication information to the first device according to the second information and/or the third information.
  • the first device receives the first indication information.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, it can be understood that the timer is set on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the third information includes receiving the third indication information or not receiving the third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration.
  • the third configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the second device may receive information from the first device through PC5 RLC, and the second device may also receive information from the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the timer setting information includes timer start or restart information and timer duration information.
  • the timer start or restart information may be the start or restart timer when the access network device releases the first configuration.
  • the timer duration information includes the first duration, the first duration can be a predefined or preconfigured duration, for example, the first duration can be the duration from releasing the first configuration to releasing the third configuration, or can be defined according to the specific implementation The duration is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second device determines whether to send the first indication information to the first device according to the second information and the third information. It can be understood that the second device sets a timer according to the second information, and the second device The third information determines whether the third indication information is received. Further, the second device may determine whether the third indication information is received within the duration of the timer, so as to determine whether the third configuration is released within the first duration. If the third configuration release, the first indication information is not sent; if the third configuration is not released, the first indication information is sent to the first device, and the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the second device determines that the timer expires according to the second information and the third information, that is, if the third indication information is not received within the first time period, the second device may send the second Indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the second device may determine that the first device is in an RRC connected state.
  • the second device may indicate to the access network device that the first device is still in the RRC connected state.
  • the access network device receives the second indication information, and the access network device may determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state according to the second indication information.
  • the access network device may instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device resends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device forwards the RRC release message to the first device, so that the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device sends status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device may also send configuration parameters to the second device, where the configuration parameters include the first configuration and the second configuration, and the configuration parameters are used by the second device to establish the first configuration and the second configuration , so that the second device can provide a data transmission service for the first device.
  • the Relay UE can determine whether it is necessary to instruct the first equipment to enter the RRC idle state by setting a timer and receiving indication information for the release of the third configuration.
  • the abnormal information is reported to the access network equipment for processing, so as to ensure the synchronization of the communication status between the Remote UE and the access network equipment, and reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 4 may be executed by the terminal device and the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the second device receives a first reconfiguration message, which is used to indicate to release the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • This step is the same as step S210 in the method 200 and will not be repeated here.
  • the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • This step is the same as step S220 in the method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the first device determines a communication interval between the first communication and the second communication according to the timer.
  • the first communication is used for the first device to send uplink data to the second device or the access network device or receive downlink data from the second device or the access network device
  • the second communication is used for the first
  • the device receives downlink data from the second device or the access network device or sends uplink data to the second device or the access network device
  • the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication can be understood as the first The time interval between the device sending uplink data and receiving downlink data, or, the time interval between the first device sending uplink data and the next time sending uplink data, or, the time interval between the first device receiving downlink data and receiving downlink data, or, the first device The time interval from when the device receives downlink data to when it sends uplink data.
  • the first device determines that the timer times out according to the communication interval, and enters an idle state.
  • the first device may set a timer, and determine whether the timer times out according to the length of the communication interval.
  • the timeout of the timer may be understood as that the length of the communication interval exceeds the length of the timer.
  • the first device sets the timer duration as a second duration, and the second duration may be a predefined or preconfigured duration. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the communication between the first device and the second device or the access network device may only have downlink data.
  • the first device receives the downlink data of the first communication
  • the first device starts or restarts the timer, and the first device
  • the timer times out.
  • the PC5 media access control (media access control, MAC) entity of the first device receives downlink data, it receives the sidelink control channel (sidelink control channel, SCCH) logical channel (excluding signaling radio bearer) 0-3 (signaling radio bearer, SRB), this signaling is used to maintain the PC5 unicast connection between the Remote UE and the Relay UE) or media access control of the sidelink traffic channel (STCH) logical channel MAC service data unit (MAC SDU), the first device starts or restarts the timer.
  • the MAC entity indicates the timeout information to the upper layer, and the upper layer instructs the first device to enter the RRC idle state after receiving it. It should be understood that when the timer does not expire, the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the communication between the first device and the second device or the access network device may only have uplink data.
  • the first device sends the uplink data of the first communication
  • the first device starts or restarts the timer, and the first device
  • the downlink data of the second communication is not received within the second duration, the timer times out.
  • the PC5 MAC entity of the first device when it sends uplink data, it sends the SCCH logical channel (excluding the signaling radio bearer SRB0-3, which is used to maintain the PC5 unicast connection between the Remote UE and the Relay UE) or STCH
  • the second device starts or restarts the timer.
  • the MAC entity indicates the timeout information to the upper layer, and the upper layer of the second device instructs the second device to enter the RRC idle state after receiving it. It should be understood that when the timer does not expire, the first device remains in the RRC connection state.
  • the first device may also send a first request message to the access network device or the second device, where the first request message is used to request to determine whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration, where the second configuration Whether it is synchronized with the third configuration state can be understood as whether the second configuration and the third configuration are released or maintained synchronously. That is, for the second device side, whether the radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device and the radio bearer configuration for receiving information from the first device are released synchronously or maintained synchronously.
  • the second device judges the current configuration status. If both the second configuration and the third configuration are released or both are kept, it is judged that the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized. If one of the second configuration and the third configuration is released and the other is kept, then It is judged that the states of the second configuration and the third configuration are not synchronized.
  • the access network device or the second device sends a first message to the access network device according to the first request message, where the first message is used to indicate to the first device whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the state of the third configuration.
  • the first device receives the first message, and according to the first message, it can be determined whether the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • the first device still maintains the RRC connection state.
  • the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the communication between the first device and the second device or the access network device may include uplink data or downlink data, and when the first device receives the downlink data of the first communication, the first device starts or restarts timer, when the first device does not receive the downlink data of the second communication within the second duration, the first device may send a first request message to the second device or the access network device, and the first request message is used to request It is determined whether the second configuration is in sync with the third configuration state. Further, the first device receives the first message, and according to the first message, it can be determined whether the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration. Thereby determine whether to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the PC5 MAC entity of the first device may send uplink data, and only when the PC5 MAC entity of the first device receives downlink data, it receives the SCCH logical channel (excluding signaling radio bearers SRB0-3, which It is used to maintain the PC5 unicast connection between the Remote UE and the Relay UE) or the MAC SDU of the STCH logical channel.
  • the first device starts or restarts the timer. When the timer expires, the first device can send to the second device or access
  • the network device sends a first request message, which is used to request to determine whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with that of the third configuration. Further, the first device receives the first message, and according to the first message, it can be determined whether the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration. Thereby determine whether to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the first device may also send configuration request information to the second device, for requesting the second device to send the second configuration to the first device.
  • the second device sends a second message to the first device according to the configuration request information, where the second message includes the second configuration.
  • the first device may determine whether the state of the second configuration and the third configuration are synchronized according to the second configuration in the second message.
  • the second device still maintains the RRC connection state.
  • the second device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the Remote UE can monitor the transmission interval between uplink data and/or downlink data by setting a timer, and further determine whether the Remote UE is timed out according to the timer. Whether the communication status of the UE and the access network device is synchronized, improve the communication quality, and reduce the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 5 may be executed by the terminal device and the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the first access network sends a first release message to the first device through the second device.
  • the first release message may be an RRC release message, and the following uses the RRC release message as an example for description.
  • the first access network device sends an RRC release message to the second device, and the second device forwards the RRC release message to the first device.
  • the first device receives an RRC release message from the second device.
  • the RRC release message is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the third configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the second device may receive information from the first device through PC5 RLC. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the access network device receives the first feedback message.
  • the access network device receives a first feedback message from the second device, and determines according to the first feedback message that the first device enters the RRC idle state.
  • the first device sends a first feedback message to the second device, and the second device sends the first feedback message to the access network device for notifying the access network device
  • the network access device the first device, receives the RRC release message.
  • step S530 After sending the first feedback message, the first device executes step S530, releases the third configuration according to the RRC release message, and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the first device will not receive the RRC release message, and further, the first device will not send the first feedback message to the access network device.
  • the access network device can set a timer, and the duration of the timer is a third duration.
  • the access network device sends an RRC release message to the first device, it starts or restarts the timer, and receives the timer within the third duration. to the first feedback message.
  • the length of the third duration may be predefined or preconfigured, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device does not receive the first feedback message from the second device within the third time period after starting or restarting the timer, the access network device cannot determine that the first device has received the RRC release message, and further , the access network device will not send an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device.
  • the access network device does not receive the first feedback message, and the access network device may send the RRC release message to the first device through the second device again.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the access network device sends a first reconfiguration message, which is used to instruct to release the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first reconfiguration message may be an RRC reconfiguration message, and the following uses the RRC reconfiguration message as an example for description.
  • the access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device.
  • the second device receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the access network device.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message is used for the second device to release the configuration on the radio bearer, and may include the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • the first configuration may include a configuration of mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC of the second device.
  • the radio bearer may be a data radio bearer DRB.
  • the DRB of the first device is mapped to the radio bearer of the radio interface RLC of the second device through the first configuration.
  • the wireless interface may be a Uu interface or other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application;
  • the second configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device.
  • the second device may send information to the first device through PC5 RLC, and the second device may also send information to the first device through other wireless interfaces, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the information sent by the second device to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission, and may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device before the access network device sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the access network device receives the first feedback message from the second device, and determines that the first device enters the RRC idle state.
  • the access network device when the second device does not receive the RRC release message, the access network device cannot receive the first feedback message from the second device. In this case, the access network device will not send the first feedback message to the second device. RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the second device does not receive the RRC release message sent by the access network device because the air interface signal quality is poor.
  • the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • This step is the same as step S220 in the method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the Remote UE after the Remote UE receives the RRC release message sent by the access network device, it sends a feedback message to the access network device through the Relay UE and then performs configuration release, realizing an end-to-end response process, so that the access network device Directly determine the RRC state of the Remote UE. Thereby, it is synchronized with the communication state of the Remote UE, improves the communication quality, and reduces the power consumption of the Remote UE.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a sidelink communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 shown in FIG. 6 may be executed by the terminal device and the network device shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the first access network sends a first release message to the second device, where the first release message includes fourth indication information, used to instruct the second device to send the first status report message.
  • the first release message may be an RRC release message, and the following uses the RRC release message as an example for description.
  • the first access network device sends an RRC release message to the second device, the second device forwards the RRC release message to the first device, and the second device transmits the RRC release message to the second device according to the fourth indication information in the RRC release message.
  • the access network device sends a first status report message, where the first status report message is used to indicate to the access network device that the second device has received the RRC release message.
  • the first device receives an RRC release message from the second device.
  • the RRC release message is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the RRC idle state.
  • the third configuration may include a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the second device may receive information from the first device through PC5 RLC. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the access network device receives a first status report message.
  • the access network device receives a first status report message from the second device, and determines according to the first status report message that the second device has received the RRC release message, thereby determining that the first device has received the RRC release message.
  • the first device executes step S630, releases the third configuration according to the RRC release message, and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the second device if the second device does not receive the RRC release message, the second device will not send the first status report message to the access network device, that is, the first device does not receive the RRC release message either.
  • the access network device can set a timer, and the duration of the timer is the fourth duration.
  • the access network device sends an RRC release message to the first device, it starts or restarts the timer, and receives the timer within the fourth duration. to the first status report message.
  • the length of the fourth duration may be predefined or preconfigured, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the access network device if the access network device does not receive the first status report message from the second device within the fourth time period after starting or restarting the timer, the access network device cannot determine that the second device has received the RRC Release the message, further, the access network device will not send an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device.
  • the access network device does not receive the first status report message, and the access network device may send the RRC release message to the second device again.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the access network device sends a first reconfiguration message, which is used to instruct to release the first configuration and the second configuration.
  • This step is the same as step S540 in the method 500, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second device releases the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • This step is the same as step S220 in the method 200, and will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device adds indication information in the RRC release message to instruct the Relay UE to send a status report message to the access network device after receiving the RRC release message sent by the access network device before configuring The release realizes the end-to-end response process, so that the access network equipment can directly determine the RRC state of the Remote UE.
  • the access network equipment can directly determine the RRC state of the Remote UE.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a sidelink communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 includes a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720 .
  • the transceiver unit 710 may implement a corresponding communication function, and the processing unit 720 is configured to perform data processing, so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 may also include a storage unit, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 720 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the communication The device implements the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be used to perform the actions performed by the access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be an access network device or can be configured in an access network device.
  • the components of the network equipment, the transceiver unit 710 is used to perform operations related to the transmission and reception of the access network equipment side in the above method embodiments, and the storage unit is used to perform data or instruction storage related operations on the access network equipment side in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the access network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be used to perform the actions performed by the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be the first device or can be configured in the first
  • the transceiver unit 710 is used to perform operations related to sending and receiving on the first device side in the method embodiments above
  • the storage unit is used to perform operations related to data or instruction storage on the first device side in the method embodiments above
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the first device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be used to perform the actions performed by the second device in the method embodiment above.
  • the sidelink communication device 700 can be the second device or can be configured in the second device.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is used to perform operations related to sending and receiving on the second device side in the method embodiments above
  • the storage unit is used to perform operations related to data or instruction storage on the second device side in the method embodiments above
  • the processing unit 720 is configured to perform processing-related operations on the second device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the sidelink communication apparatus 700 may correspond to the first device, the second device and the access network device in the methods 200, 300, 400, 500 and 600 according to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the sidelink communication apparatus 700 may include units for executing the methods performed by the first device, the second device and the access network device in the methods 200 to 600 in FIGS. 2 to 6 .
  • the units in the sidelink communication device 700 and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions are respectively intended to implement the corresponding processes in the method 200 to the method 600 in FIG. 2 to FIG. 6 .
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and The second configuration
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device
  • a radio bearer configuration for sending information to the first device, where the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device
  • a processing unit configured to release the The first configuration and the second configuration
  • the transceiver unit configured to receive first information from the first device, where the first information is information sent by the first device to the access network device
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send first indication information to the first device according to the first information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the first device, the second device, the radio bearer, the first reconfiguration message, and the idle state can refer to the detailed description of D in the method 200, and details are not repeated here.
  • the transceiver unit sends the first indication information to the first device according to the first information
  • the transceiver unit needs to send the first information to the access network device
  • the processing unit may send the first information according to the sending status of the first information to determine whether to send the first indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is specifically configured to, when sending the first information to the access network device fails, the sending unit sends the first indication information to the first device.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to be unable to map to the first configuration according to the DRB ID of the first device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send second indication information to the access network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in the RRC connection state.
  • the information sent by the transceiver unit to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may receive an RRC release message due to poor air interface signal quality or other factors.
  • the RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received.
  • the transceiver unit receives first information from the first device, where the first information may be uplink data that the first device needs to send to the access network device.
  • the processing unit may also instruct the first device to enter the RRC idle state.
  • the transceiver unit may also send configuration parameters to the second device, where the configuration parameters include the first configuration and the second configuration, and the configuration parameters are used by the second device to establish the first configuration and the second configuration, so that The second device enters an RRC connection state.
  • a transceiver unit configured to send first information to the second device, the first information is sent by the first device to the access network device information, the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first indication information from the second device, and the first device communicates with the access network device according to The first indication information enters an idle state.
  • the sidelink communication apparatus further includes: a processing unit, configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes being used for the second device to receive the The radio bearer configuration of the information about the first device.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration and a second configuration
  • the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping a radio bearer of the first device to a radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the The radio bearer configuration of information sent by the first device, wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information, and the access The network access device instructs the first device to enter a state according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the In the idle state, the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a first reconfiguration message
  • the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration
  • the second configuration the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to communicate with the second device.
  • a radio bearer configuration of information sent by a device wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; a processing unit, configured to release the first configuration and the first reconfiguration message according to the first reconfiguration message The second configuration; the processing unit is further configured to determine whether to send or not to send the first indication information according to the second information and/or third information, the second information includes timer setting information, and the third information Including receiving third indication information or not receiving the third indication information, the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration, the third configuration includes being used for the second device to receive information from the first A radio bearer configuration of information about a device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first device to enter an idle state.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends an RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may receive an RRC release message due to poor air interface signal quality or other factors.
  • the RRC release message sent by the access network device is not received.
  • the transceiver unit may send the third indication information to the second device, and the processing unit may determine that the third information is received as the third indication information, that is, the second device may determine that the third indication information is received.
  • a device is in the RRC idle state; when the transceiver unit does not receive the third indication information, that is, the second device can determine that the first device is in the RRC connection state, then, in this case, the first indication information can be used to indicate the first device Enter RRC idle state.
  • the timer setting information includes timer start information and timer duration information, and the timer start information starts the timing when the access network device releases the first configuration.
  • the timer duration information includes a first duration, and the first duration is a predefined or preconfigured duration.
  • the first duration may be the duration from releasing the first configuration to releasing the third configuration, or may be defined according to a specific implementation, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the second information and the third information, that the third indication information is received within the first duration, and the transceiver unit does not Sending the first indication information; or determining according to the second information and the third information that the timer expires within the first duration, and the sending and receiving unit sends the first indication information.
  • the processing unit may set a timer according to the second information, and the processing unit may determine whether the third indication information is received according to the third information, and further, the processing unit may determine whether within the duration of the timer After receiving the third indication information, it is determined whether the third configuration is released within the first duration, if the third configuration is released, the first indication information is not sent; if the third configuration is not released, the first indication is sent to the first device information, the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state.
  • the transceiver unit when the processing unit determines according to the second information and the third information that the timer expires within the first duration, the transceiver unit is further configured to send The access network device sends second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first device is in an RRC connection state.
  • the following steps may be performed: a processing unit, when the first device receives the first release message, the processing unit is used to release the third configuration, so
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device; a transceiver unit, configured to send third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the release of the third configuration , wherein the first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; when the first device does not receive the first release message, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive a first indication information, the first device enters an idle state according to the first indication information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate releasing a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration including the radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, the second configuration including the radio bearer configuration for the second device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second indication information
  • the access network device instructs the first device to enter an idle state according to the second indication information.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send status indication information to the first device through the second device, where the status indication information is used to instruct the first device to release the third configuration and enter the An idle state, wherein the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication according to a timer, and the first communication Used for the first device to send uplink data to the second device or the access network device or receive downlink data from the second device or the access network device, and the second communication is used for the first device to receive from The downlink data of the second device or the access network device or the uplink data sent to the second device or the access network device, wherein the first device communicates with the second device and the access network device Communication; the processing unit is further configured to determine that the timer expires according to the communication interval; the processing unit is further configured to enter an idle state according to the timer expires.
  • the information sent by the transceiver unit to the first device includes data transmission and signaling transmission. It should be understood that the information may also be other interaction information between the second device and the first device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit before the transceiver unit sends the RRC reconfiguration message to the second device, the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the first device through the second device, and the second device may send the RRC release message to the first device due to poor air interface signal quality or other The reason is that the RRC release message sent by the transceiver unit has not been received.
  • the second information includes timer setting information, which can be understood as setting the timer on the second device side, and the second information includes information related to setting the timer.
  • the communication interval between the first communication and the second communication can be understood as the time interval from sending the uplink data to receiving the downlink data by the transceiver unit, or the time interval from sending the uplink data to the next time the uplink data is sent by the transceiver unit, Or, the time interval from receiving the downlink data to receiving the downlink data by the transceiver unit, or the time interval from receiving the downlink data to sending the uplink data by the transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit may set a timer, and determine whether the timer times out according to the communication interval length.
  • the timer timeout may be understood as the communication interval exceeding the timer duration.
  • the sidelink communication device further includes a transceiver unit, and when the transceiver unit receives the downlink data of the first communication, the processing unit is specifically configured to start the timing If the transceiver unit does not receive the downlink data of the second communication within the second duration, the processing unit determines that the timer is timed out, wherein the second duration is the duration of the timer , the time length of the second duration is predefined or preconfigured; when the transceiver unit sends the uplink data of the first communication, the processing unit is specifically configured to start the timer, and the transceiver unit is If the downlink data of the second communication is not received within the second time period, the processing unit determines that the timer expires.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send a first request message to the access network device or the second device, where the first request message is used to request to determine the second configuration and the second configuration.
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to send information to the first device
  • the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration used for the second device to receive information from the first device Radio bearer configuration of information of a device
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first message from the access network device or the second device, and the first device determines the second message according to the first message Whether the configuration is synchronized with the third configuration state.
  • the first device if the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device remains in the RRC connected state; if the second configuration is not synchronized with the third configuration state, the first device releases the third configuration and enters the RRC idle state .
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send configuration request information to the second device, where the configuration request information includes the second configuration; the transceiver unit is also configured to receive a second message , the second message includes the second configuration; the processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the second message, whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a first reconfiguration message
  • the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate the release of the first configuration
  • the second configuration the first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to communicate with the second device.
  • a radio bearer configuration of information sent by a device wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device; a processing unit, configured to release the first configuration and the first reconfiguration message according to the first reconfiguration message The second configuration; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive first request information from the first device; the processing unit is further configured to determine the second configuration and the third configuration according to the first request message Whether the configuration state is synchronized, the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device; the transceiver unit is also configured to send a first message to the first device , the first message is used to indicate whether the states of the second configuration and the third configuration are synchronized.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive configuration request information from the first device; the transceiving unit is further configured to send a second message to the first device according to the configuration request information , the second message includes a second configuration, and the second message is used by the first device to determine whether the state of the second configuration is synchronized with the third configuration.
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, and the first reconfiguration message is used to indicate releasing a first configuration and a second configuration, the first configuration including the radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface RLC of the second device, the second configuration including the radio bearer configuration for the second device
  • the device receives the first request information;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized according to the first request message, and the third configuration includes a configuration for the second device to receive from the The radio bearer configuration of the information of the first device;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first message to the first device, where the first message is used to indicate whether the second configuration and the third configuration state are synchronized.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to send the first release message to the first device through the second device; the transceiver unit also uses Upon receiving a first feedback message, the access network device determines that the first device enters an idle state according to the first feedback message, wherein the first device passes through the second device and the access network device performing communication; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the first configuration includes making the second configuration
  • the radio bearer of a device is mapped to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to send information to the first device .
  • the transceiver unit if the transceiver unit does not receive the RRC release message, the first device will not receive the RRC release message, and further, the transceiver unit will not send the first feedback message to the access network device.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to set a timer, and the time length of the timer is a third time length; and when the sending and receiving unit sends the RRC release message to the first device Start the timer when the timer is set; the receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the first feedback message at the third duration.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive the first release message;
  • the device sends a first feedback message, where the first feedback message is used by the access network device to determine that the first device enters an idle state, where the first device passes through the second device and the access network
  • the devices communicate;
  • the processing unit is configured to release a third configuration, where the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a first release message from the access network device and send it to the first device, wherein the first release message A device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first feedback message from the first device; the transceiver unit is further configured to transmit the first feedback message The message is sent to the access network device, and the first feedback message is used by the access network device to determine that the first device enters an idle state.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first reconfiguration message
  • the processing unit is configured to release the first configuration and the second configuration according to the first reconfiguration message, and the first configuration
  • a radio bearer configuration including mapping a radio bearer of the first device to a radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, the second configuration including a configuration for the second device to send information to the first device Radio bearer configuration.
  • a transceiver unit configured to send a first release message to the second device, the first release message including fourth indication information , the fourth indication information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the transceiver unit further For receiving the first status report message, the access network device determines according to the first status report message that the first device has received the first release message, where the first device uses the second device and The access network device communicates; the transceiver unit is further configured to send a first reconfiguration message to the second device, the first reconfiguration message is used to release the first configuration and the second configuration, and the The first configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device, and the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to the first device Radio bearer configuration for sending information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to set a timer for the device, and the time length of the timer is a fourth time length; when the transceiver unit sends the RRC release message to the second device start or the timer; the transceiver unit is specifically configured to receive the first status report message within the fourth duration.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive a first release message, the first release message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth The indication information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, where the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; the transceiver unit is further configured to The fourth indication information sends a first status report message to the access network device, where the first status report message is used by the access network device to determine that the second device has received the first release message, wherein, The first device communicates with the access network device through the second device; the transceiver unit is further configured to receive a first reconfiguration message, and the second device releases the first reconfiguration message according to the first reconfiguration message.
  • the first configuration includes mapping the radio bearer of the first device to the radio bearer configuration of the radio interface radio link control RLC of the second device
  • the second configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the first device The second device sends the radio bearer configuration of the information to the first device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first release message to the first device, where the first release message is used for the first device to release a third configuration, and the third The configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device.
  • a transceiver unit configured to receive a first release message from the second device, the first release message including fourth indication information, The fourth indication information is used to instruct the second device to send a first status report message, and the first status report message includes that the second device receives the first release message; a processing unit is configured to release the first status report message; Three configurations, the third configuration includes a radio bearer configuration for the second device to receive information from the first device, wherein the first device communicates with an access network device through the second device .
  • the processing unit 720 in the above embodiments may be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuits.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may be implemented by a transceiver or transceiver-related circuits.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may also be referred to as a communication unit or a communication interface.
  • the storage unit can be realized by at least one memory.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a sidelink communication device 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 800 includes: at least one processor 820 .
  • the processor 820 is coupled with the memory for executing instructions stored in the memory to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • the device 800 further includes a memory 830 for storing instructions.
  • the apparatus 800 further includes a transceiver 810, and the processor 820 controls the transceiver 810 to send signals and/or receive signals.
  • processor 820 and memory 830 may be combined into one processing device, and the processor 820 is configured to execute program codes stored in the memory 830 to implement the foregoing functions.
  • the memory 830 may also be integrated in the processor 820, or be independent of the processor 820.
  • the transceiver 810 may include a transceiver (or a receiver) and a transmitter (or a transmitter).
  • the transceiver may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the transceiver 810 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver 810 in the apparatus 800 may correspond to the transceiver unit in the foregoing embodiments
  • the processor 820 in the apparatus 800 may correspond to the processing unit in the foregoing embodiments. It should be understood that the specific process of each transceiver processor performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiment, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA) or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • Other programmable logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static RAM static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory direct ram-bus RAM, DR RAM
  • direct ram-bus RAM direct ram-bus RAM
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product stores computer program code, and when the computer program code runs on the computer, the computer executes the communication method of the present application. method.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program code, and when the program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the communication method of the present application .
  • the present application further provides a system, which includes the foregoing apparatus or device.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device including a server, a data center, and the like integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disc, SSD)
  • the network-side equipment in each of the above device embodiments corresponds to the terminal equipment and the network-side equipment or terminal equipment in the method embodiments, and the corresponding modules or units perform corresponding steps, for example, the communication unit (transceiver) executes the receiving method in the method embodiments. Or the step of sending, other steps besides sending and receiving may be performed by a processing unit (processor). For the functions of the specific units, reference may be made to the corresponding method embodiments. Wherein, there may be one or more processors.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems). Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • packets of data e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；所述第二设备根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。从而能够保证第一设备和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低第一设备的功耗。

Description

侧行链路通信方法和装置
本申请要求于2021年11月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111433950.X、申请名称为“侧行链路通信方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种侧行链路通信方法和装置。
背景技术
在通信系统中，例如第五代(5 Generation；5G)移动通信系统中，设备间通信允许用户设备(user equipment，UE)之间通过侧行链路(sidelink，SL)直接进行通信，例如，设备到设备(Device-to-Device，D2D)通信，车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)通信等。在D2D中，当UE处于网络覆盖之外或与接入网(access network，AN)/无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)间通信信号不好时，远端用户设备(remote UE)可以通过中继用户设备(relay UE)进行辅助传输。例如，通过Remote UE与Relay UE之间通信和Relay UE与网络侧服务器之间通信，Remote UE和Relay UE之间可以通过SL来通信。进而实现Remote UE与网络侧服务器之间通信。
目前，设备间通信可以支持中继，例如，Remote UE可以通过Remote UE与Relay UE之间的邻近服务通信(proximity-based services communication 5，PC5)链路和Relay UE的协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话实现数据的上下行传输以及无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)状态同步，但网络侧和UE的通信状态可能出现不同步的情况，例如，当网络侧向Relay UE发送RRC释放(RRC Release)消息时，Remote UE需要进入RRC_IDLE态(RRC空闲态)，但Relay UE可能存在未收到RRC Release消息的情况，此时，网络侧和Remote UE出现通信状态不同步的情况。
如何保障侧行链路通信中Remote UE和网络侧的通信状态同步的问题，成为业界亟需解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种侧行链路通信方法和装置，能够在侧行链路通信场景下，实现Remote UE和网络侧的通信状态同步。
第一方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第 一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；所述第二设备根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入第一空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第二设备执行，或者由第二设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一设备可以理解为远端用户设备(Remote UE)，第二设备可以理解为中继用户设备(Relay UE)，Remote UE可以通过Relay UE与接入网设备进行通信。其中，Remote UE和Relay UE之间可以通过SL来通信，SL上支持单播、组播或广播通信。
本申请中，无线接口可以是Uu接口。应理解，随着技术的演进，本申请也不排除其它无线接口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请中，第一重配置消息可以是RRC重配置消息，无线承载可以是数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)，空闲态可以理解为RRC空闲态。
本申请中，第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，该无线承载配置可以是PC5 RLC，即，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC向第一设备发送信息。应理解，随着技术的演进，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口向第一设备发送信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，第二设备向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间可能的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二设备从第一设备接收第一信息，该第一信息可以是第一设备需要向接入网设备发送的上行数据。
应理解，Remote UE可以采用自主竞争的方式，不依赖接入网设备的调度发送上行数据进行数据传输。
本申请中，第二设备根据第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，第二设备需要将第一信息发送至接入网设备，第二设备可以根据第一信息的发送状态来确定是否发送第一指示信息。
本申请中，第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，该无线承载配置可以是PC5 RLC，即，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC接收来自第一设备的信息。应理解，随着技术的演进，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口接收第一设备发送的信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态不同步时，Relay UE可以通过上行数据的传输情况指示Remote UE进入RRC空闲态或将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，从而能够保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败；所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第一指示信息。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，第二设备可以通过第一设备的上行数据的的传输情况 来确定是否指示第一设备进入RRC状态，即，实现Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备根据所述第一设备的无线承载ID无法映射到所述第一配置。
本申请中，该无线承载ID可以是DRB ID。
作为示例而非限定，第二设备可以的ADAPT层将第一信息进行解析获取第一设备的DRB ID，第二设备的ADAPT层需要将第一设备上行链路的DRB从第二设备的PC5 RLC信道入口映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
需要说明的是，由于第二设备已经释放了第一配置，因此第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，第二设备根据第一设备的DRB映射结果来确定第一设备的上行数据的传输情况，从而确定是否指示第一设备进入RRC状态，即，实现Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
本申请中，连接态可以是RRC连接态。
本申请中，当第二设备无法将第一信息发送至接入网设备时，第二设备可以确定第三配置与第一配置状态不同步，该第三配置与第一配置状态不同步可以理解为，第二设备确定第一配置已释放，但第三配置未释放，因此第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。在此情况下，第二设备可以指示接入网设备该第一设备仍然处于RRC连接态。
可以理解，接入网设备接收第二指示信息，接入网设备可以根据该第二指示信息确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。
在一种实现方式中，接入网设备也可以指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
可选的，接入网设备通过第二设备给第一设备重新发送RRC释放消息，由第二设备转发该RRC释放消息给第一设备，从而使得第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
可选的，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送状态指示信息，该状态指示信息用于指示第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在另一种实现方式中，接入网设备也可以向第二设备发送配置参数，该配置参数包括第一配置和第二配置，该配置参数用于第二设备建立第一配置和第二配置，从而使得第二设备可以为第一设备提供数据传输的服务。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE还可以将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，有利于接入网设备根据异常信息进一步确定Remote UE的RRC状态，从而能够从而保证数据传输的可靠性。
第二方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向接入网设备的信息，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述第一设备从所述第二设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器 或者芯片。
本申请中，空闲态可以理解为RRC空闲态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE通过Relay UE向接入网设备发送上行数据时，根据Relay UE的指示信息进入RRC空闲态，从而能够准确确定当前通信状态，保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE接收第一指示信息后释放第三配置，从而能够保证Remote UE进入RRC空闲态，降低Remote UE的功耗。
第三方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由接入网设备执行，或者由接入网设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一重配置消息可以是RRC重配置消息，无线承载可以是数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)，空闲态可以理解为RRC空闲态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备发送RRC重配置消息后，根据第二指示信息可以指示Remote UE进入RRC空闲态，该第三方面的具体有益效果可以参考第一方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备通过所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
第四方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述第二设备根据第二信息和第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，所述第二信息包括定时器设置信息，所述第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到所述第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第二设备执行，或者由第二设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一设备可以理解为Remote UE，第二设备可以理解为Relay UE，Remote UE可以通过Relay UE与接入网设备进行通信。其中，Remote UE和Relay UE之间可以 通过SL来通信，SL上支持单播、组播或广播通信。
本申请中，无线接口可以是Uu接口。应理解，随着技术的演进，本申请也不排除其它无线接口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请中，第一重配置消息可以是RRC重配置消息，无线承载可以是数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)，空闲态可以理解为RRC空闲态。
本申请中，第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，该无线承载配置可以是PC5 RLC，即，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC向第一设备发送信息。应理解，随着技术的演进，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口向第一设备发送信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，第二设备向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间可能的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
本申请中，所述第一设备释放第三配置后可以给第二设备发送第三指示信息，第二设备可以确定第三信息为接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC空闲态；当第二设备未接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态，则，在此情况下，可以通过第一指示信息指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE可以通过设置定时器和接收第三配置释放的指示信息来确定是否需要指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态，从而能够根据配置状态确保通信状态一致，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述定时器设置信息包括定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，所述定时器启动信息为所述接入网设备释放所述第一配置时启动所述定时器，所述定时器时长信息包括第一时长，所述第一时长为预定义或预配置的时长。
本申请中，第一时长可以为释放第一配置到释放第三配置的时长，也可以根据具体实施方案定义时长，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE可以通过设置定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，用于确定Remote UE是否释放第三配置，有效提高通信状态的确定效率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内收到所述第三指示信息，所述第二设备不发送所述第一指示信息；或者所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时，所述第二设备发送所述第一指示信息。
本申请中，第二设备可以根据第二信息设置定时器，第二设备可以根据第三信息确定是否接收到第三指示信息，进一步的，第二设备可以确定在定时器的时长内是否接收到第三指示信息，从而确定在第一时长内第三配置是否释放，如果第三配置释放，则不发送第一指示信息；如果第三配置未释放，则向第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时时，所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
本申请中，连接态可以是RRC连接态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE还可以将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，有利于接入网设备根据异常信息进一步确定Remote UE的RRC状态，从而保证数据传输的可靠性。
第五方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：当第一设备收到第一释放消息时，所述第一设备释放第三配置并发送第三指示信息，所述第三配置包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第三配置释放，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；当所述第一设备未收到所述第一释放消息时，所述第一设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一释放消息可以是RRC释放消息，空闲态可以是RRC空闲态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE在接收到RRC释放消息时通过第三指示信息指示Relay UE并进入RRC空闲态，未接收到RRC释放消息时会根据Remote UE的指示进入RRC空闲态，从而能够根据配置状态保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
第六方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由接入网设备执行，或者由接入网设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备发送RRC重配置消息后，根据第二指示信息可以指示Remote UE进入RRC空闲态，具体有益效果可以参考第一方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的方式中，所述接入网设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
第七方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备根据定时器确定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔，所述第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，所述第二通信用于 所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述第一设备根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时；所述第一设备根据所述定时器超时进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一设备可以理解为Remote UE，第二设备可以理解为Relay UE，Remote UE可以通过Relay UE与接入网设备进行通信。其中，Remote UE和Relay UE之间可以通过SL来通信，SL上支持单播、组播或广播通信。
本申请中，无线接口可以是Uu接口。应理解，随着技术的演进，本申请也不排除其它无线接口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请中，第二配置可参看第一方面中的详细解释，在此不作赘述。
可选的，第二设备向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间可能的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
本申请中，第三配置可参看第一方面中的详细解释，在此不作赘述。
本申请中，第一通信和第二通信之间的通信间隔可以理解为，第一设备发送上行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备发送上行数据到下一次发送上行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备接收下行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备接收下行数据到发送上行数据的时间间隔。
本申请中，第一设备可以设置定时器，根据通信间隔时长确定该定时器是否超时，该定时器超时可以理解为，通信间隔时长超过定时器时长。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE可以通过设置定时器来监控上行数据和/或下行数据之间的传输间隔，进一步根据定时器是否超时来确定是否进入RRC空闲态，从而和接入网设备的通信状态同步，提高通信质量，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第一设备接收到所述第一通信的下行数据时，所述第一设备启动所述定时器，所述第一设备在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时，其中，所述第二时长为所述定时器的时间长度，所述第二时长的时间长度为预定义或预配置；当所述第一设备发送所述第一通信的上行数据时，所述第一设备启动所述定时器，所述第一设备在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，第一设备监控上行和/或下行数据之间的通信间隔，当通信间隔超过一定时间长度时，进一步确定进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一设备向所述接入网设备或所述第二设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，所述第二 配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述第一设备从所述接入网设备或所述第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
本申请中，如果第二配置与第三配置状态同步，则第一设备仍然保持RRC连接态；如果第二配置与第三配置状态不同步，则第一设备释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE可以向接入网设备或Relay UE请求配置信息的核对，从而可以根据配置状态是否同步来明确确定Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态是否一致，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送配置请求信息，所述配置请求信息包括所述第二配置；所述第一设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括所述第二配置；所述第一设备根据所述第二消息确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE可以向Relay UE请求第二配置，主动判断该第二配置与第三配置状态情况，具体有益效果参考第七方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第八方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；所述第二设备根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
本申请中，该方法可以由第二设备执行，或者由第二设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE接收到Remote UE的配置信息核对请求消息后，可以明确指示Remote UE当前配置状态是否同步，确保Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收配置请求信息；所述第二设备根据所述配置请求信息向所述第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二配置，所述第二消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
第九方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述接入网设备从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；所述接入网设备根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承 载配置；所述接入网设备向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备接收到Remote UE的配置信息核对请求消息后，可以明确第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，进一步指示Remote UE当前配置状态是否同步，从而Remote UE可以根据当前配置状态是否同步确定接入网设备的通信状态。
第十方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息；所述接入网设备接收第一反馈消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述接入网设备向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
本申请中，该方法可以由接入网设备执行，或者由接入网设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
本申请中，第一重配置消息、无线承载、第一释放消息、空闲态和连接态均可以参考第一方面的解释，在此不进行赘述。
可选的，第二设备如果未接收到RRC释放消息，则第一设备不会收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，第一设备不会向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后通过Relay UE向接入网设备发送一个反馈消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，提高通信质量，降低Remote UE的功耗。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接入网设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第三时长；所述第一接入网设备向所述第一设备发送所述RRC释放消息时启动所述定时器；所述第一接入网设备在所述第三时长接收所述第一反馈消息。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备可以限定接收到反馈消息的时间，从而有效提高确定RRC状态的效率，降低Remote UE的功耗。
第十一方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备接收第一释放消息；所述第一设备通过第二设备向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后通过Relay UE向接入网设备发送一个反馈消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE处于RRC空闲状态。接入网设备再发送RRC重 配置消息，从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，具体有益效果参考第十方面，在此不作赘述。
第十二方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备从接入网设备接收第一释放消息并发送给第一设备，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一反馈消息并发送给所述接入网设备，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，该方法可以由第二设备执行，或者由第二设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
在一种可能的方式中，所述第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE将接入网设备的RRC释放消息发送给Remote UE，再从Remote UE向接入网设备发送一个反馈消息，实现了端到端的响应过程，具体有益效果参考第十方面，在此不作赘述。
第十三方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：接入网设备向第二设备发送第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；所述接入网设备接收所述第一状态报告消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一状态报告消息确定第一设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述接入网设备向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
本申请中，该方法可以由接入网设备执行，或者由接入网设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备通过在RRC释放消息中增加指示信息，用来指示Relay UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后向接入网设备发送一个状态报告消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，具体有益效果参考第十方面，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一接入网设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第四时长；所述第一接入网设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一释放消息时启动或所述定时器；所述接入网设备在所述第四时长内接收所述第一状态报告消息。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，接入网设备可以限定接收到状态报告消息的时间，从而有效提高确定RRC状态的效率。
第十四方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第二设备接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息； 所述第二设备根据所述第四指示信息向所述接入网设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
本申请中，该方法可以由第二设备执行，或者由第二设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Relay UE从接入网设备接收的RRC释放消息中增加了指示信息，使得Relay UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后向接入网设备发送一个状态报告消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，具体有益效果参考第十方面，在此不作赘述。
一种可能的方式中，所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息用于所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
第十五方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信方法，该方法包括：第一设备从第二设备接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信。
本申请中，该方法可以由第一设备执行，或者由第一设备的组件执行，例如，处理器或者芯片。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，Remote UE接收Relay UE发送的RRC释放消息，其中增加了指示信息，使得Relay UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后向接入网设备发送一个状态报告消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。具体有益效果参考第十方面，在此不作赘述。
第十六方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述收发单元，用于从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；所述收发单元，还用于根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，第一设备、第二设备、无线承载、第一重配置消息，空闲态均可以参考第一方面，在此不作赘述。
本申请中，第二配置参考第一方面的具体解释，在此不作赘述。
可选的，收发单元向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，收发单元从第一设备接收第一信息，该第一信息可以是第一设备需要向接入网设备发送的上行数据。
本申请中，收发单元根据第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，收发单元需要将第一信息发送至接入网设备，处理单元可以根据第一信息的发送状态来确定是否发送第一指示信息。
本申请中，第三配置参考第一方面的具体阐述，在此不做赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于当向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败时，所述发送单元向所述第一设备发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一设备的DRB ID无法映射到所述第一配置。
作为示例而非限定，处理单元可以通过第二设备的ADAPT层将第一信息进行解析获取第一设备的DRB ID，第二设备的ADAPT层需要将第一设备上行链路的DRB从第二设备的PC5 RLC信道入口映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
需要说明的是，由于第二设备已经释放了第一配置，因此第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第一方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于RRC连接态。
本申请中，当收发单元无法将第一信息发送至接入网设备时，处理单元可以确定第三配置与第一配置状态不同步，该第三配置与第一配置状态不同步可以理解为，第二设备确定第一配置已释放，但第三配置未释放，因此收发单元无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口，处理单元可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。在此情况下，处理单元可以指示接入网设备该第一设备仍然处于RRC连接态。
可以理解，收发单元接收第二指示信息，处理单元可以根据该第二指示信息确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。
在一种实现方式中，处理单元也可以指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
在另一种实现方式中，收发单元也可以向第二设备发送配置参数，该配置参数包括第一配置和第二配置，该配置参数用于第二设备建立第一配置和第二配置，从而使得第二设备进入RRC连接态。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，收发设备还可以将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，从而能够保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，提高数据传输的可靠性。
第十七方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向接入网设备的信息，所述第一设备通过所述 第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第二设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述侧行链路通信装置还包括：处理单元，所述处理单元用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第二方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第十八方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入一状态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于通过第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第二方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。。
第十九方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述处理单元，还用于根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，所述第二信息包括定时器设置信息，所述第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到所述第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，第二配置可参考第一方面的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
可选的，收发单元向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间可能的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
本申请中，第三配置可参考第一方面的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
本申请中，所述处理单元释放第三配置后，收发单元可以给第二设备发送第三指示信息，处理单元可以确定第三信息为接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC空闲态；当收发单元未接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态，则，在此情况下，可以通过第一指示信息指示第一设备进入RRC空闲 态。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第四方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述定时器设置信息包括定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，所述定时器启动信息为所述接入网设备释放所述第一配置时启动所述定时器，所述定时器时长信息包括第一时长，所述第一时长为预定义或预配置的时长。
本申请中，第一时长可以为释放第一配置到释放第三配置的时长，也可以根据具体实施方案定义时长，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内收到所述第三指示信息，所述收发单元不发送所述第一指示信息；或者根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时，所述收发单元发送所述第一指示信息。
本申请中，处理单元可以根据第二信息设置定时器，处理单元可以根据第三信息确定是否接收到第三指示信息，进一步的，处理单元可以确定在定时器的时长内是否接收到第三指示信息，从而确定在第一时长内第三配置是否释放，如果第三配置释放，则不发送第一指示信息；如果第三配置未释放，则向第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述处理单元根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时时，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于RRC连接态。
第二十方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：处理单元，当第一设备收到第一释放消息时，所述处理单元用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；收发单元，用于发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第三配置释放，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；当所述第一设备未收到所述第一释放消息时，所述收发单元还用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第五方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十一方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
在一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于通过第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第一方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十二方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：处理单元，用于根据定时器确 定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔，所述第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，所述第二通信用于所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述定时器超时进入空闲态。
本申请中，第二配置可以参考第一方面的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
可选的，收发单元向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到收发单元发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
本申请中，第三配置可以参考第一方面的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
本申请中，第一通信和第二通信之间的通信间隔可以理解为，收发单元发送上行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元发送上行数据到下一次发送上行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元接收下行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元接收下行数据到发送上行数据的时间间隔。
本申请中，处理单元可以设置定时器，根据通信间隔时长确定该定时器是否超时，该定时器超时可以理解为，通信间隔时长超过定时器时长。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第七方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述侧行链路通信装置还包括收发单元，当所述收发单元接收到所述第一通信的下行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述处理单元确定所述定时器超时，其中，所述第二时长为所述定时器的时间长度，所述第二时长的时间长度为预定义或预配置；当所述收发单元发送所述第一通信的上行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述处理单元确定所述定时器超时。
基于上述技术方案，本申请中，处理单元监控上行和/或下行数据之间的通信间隔，当通信间隔超过一定时间长度时，进一步确定进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备或所述第二设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元还用于从所述接入网设备或所述第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
本申请中，如果第二配置与第三配置状态同步，则第一设备仍然保持RRC连接态；如果第二配置与第三配置状态不同步，则第一设备释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述第二设备发送配置请求信息，所述配置请求信息包括所述第二配置；所述收发单元还用于接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括所述第二配置；所述处理单元还用于根据所述第二消息确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
第二十三方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于从所述第一设备接收配置请求信息；所述收发单元还用于根据所述配置请求信息向所述第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二配置，所述第二消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第八方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十四方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；处理单元，用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第九方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十五方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于接收第一反馈消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
可选的，收发单元如果未接收到RRC释放消息，则第一设备不会收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，收发单元不会向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长 度为第三时长；并且当所述收发单元向所述第一设备发送所述RRC释放消息时启动所述定时器；所述接收单元具体用于在所述第三时长接收所述第一反馈消息。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十六方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于通过第二设备向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十一方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十七方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于从接入网设备接收第一释放消息并发送给第一设备，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一反馈消息；所述收发单元，还用于将所述第一反馈消息发送给所述接入网设备，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态。
在一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于接收第一重配置消息，所述处理单元用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十二方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第二十八方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于接收所述第一状态报告消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一状态报告消息确定第一设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第四时长；当所述收发单元向所述第二设备发送所述RRC释放消息时启动或所述定时器；所述收发单元具体用于在所述第四时长内接收所述第一状态报告消息。
第二十九方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于根据所述第四指示信息向所述接入网设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配 置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述第一设备发送所述第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息用于所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第三十方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括：收发单元，用于从第二设备接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；处理单元，用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信。
上述技术方案的有益效果可以参考第十方面的有益效果，在此不作赘述。
第三十一方面，提供了一种侧行链路通信装置，包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合，可用于执行存储器中的指令，以实现上述第一方面至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地，该装置还包括存储器。可选地，该装置还包括通信接口，处理器与通信接口耦合。
第三十二方面，提供了一种处理器，包括：输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号，并通过所述输出电路发射信号，使得所述处理器执行第一方面至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
在具体实现过程中，上述处理器可以为一个或多个芯片，输入电路可以为输入管脚，输出电路可以为输出管脚，处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于收发器接收并输入的，输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的，且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路，该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。
第三十三方面，提供了一种处理装置，包括：处理器和存储器，该处理器用于执行该存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，并可通过收发器接收信号，通过发射器发射信号，以执行上述第一方面至第十五方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
可选地，所述处理器为一个或多个，所述存储器为一个或多个。
可选地，所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起，或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。
在具体实现过程中，存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器，例如只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)，其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上，也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上，本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。
应理解，相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程，接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地，处理器输出的数据可 以输出给发射器，处理器接收的输入数据可以来自收发器。其中，发射器和收发器可以统称为收发器。
上述第三十三方面中的处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。该处理装置中的处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时，该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等；当通过软件来实现时，该处理器可以是一个通用处理器，通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现，该存储器可以集成在处理器中，可以位于该处理器之外，独立存在。
第三十四方面，提供了一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括：计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当所述计算机程序被运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第三十五方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码，或指令)，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第十五方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第三十六方面，提供了一种芯片系统，包括处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有该芯片系统的设备执行上述第一方面至第十五方面各实现方式中的方法。
第三十七方面，提供了一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括第三十一方面涉及的装置。
附图说明
图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的侧行链路通信系统架构100的示意图。
图2示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信方法的一种示意性交互图。
图3示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信方法的一种示意性交互图。
图4示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信方法的另一种示意性交互图。
图5示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信方法的另一种示意性交互图。
图6示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信方法的一种示意性交互图。
图7示出了适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信装置的一种示意性框图。
图8示出了种适用于本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信装置的一种示意性架构图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th Generation，5G)系统或新无线(New Radio，NR)、或未来演进的系统等。
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network，PLMN)中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备，该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB，NB)，还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等，本申请实施例并不限定。
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本申请保护的范围。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先结合图1简要说明本申请实施例的一种通信系统100的结构示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100可以包括两个用户设备，例如图1所示的用户设备111和用户设备112，该通信系统100还可以包括一个接入网设备，例如图1所示的接入网设备121。其中，当用户设备112处于网络覆盖之外或者与接入网设备121之间通信信号不好时，可以通过与用户设备111进行通信，用户设备111与接入网设备121进行通信，进而可以实现用户设备112与接入网设备121的通信，接入网设备121通过UPF将数据转发到数据网络。
其中，该用户设备112，在本申请实施例中可以称为远端用户设备(Remote UE)，该用户设备111可以看作是辅助Remote UE接入到网络的用户设备，在本申请实施例中可以称为中继用户设备中继用户设备(Relay UE)，Remote UE通过Relay UE与网络进行通信，实现Remote UE与网络间的通信。
其中，Remote UE和Relay UE之间可以通过SL来通信，SL上支持单播、组播或广播通信。
例如，针对Relay UE和Remote UE的通信可以基于单播方式，同时，SL的传输也需要发送端UE提前获取资源才能发送数据，SL上获取资源的方式可以包括两种：
方式一：基站调度方式，与Uu口类似，UE在发送SL数据前，先上报侧行链路缓冲区状态报告(sidelink buffer status report，SL BSR)告诉接入网设备有多少数据要发，然后接入网设备分配对应大小的侧行链路授权(SL grant)给该发送端UE以进行SL传输；或者针对周期性业务、UE上报周期性业务的属性(起始时间、周期、包大小等)，然后 接入网设备给UE配置周期性的SL grant，后续该UE就不需要通过频繁上报BSR来获取SL grant了。
方式二：UE自主竞争的方式，例如通过测量SL上的每个时频资源是否被占用、来选择空的未被占用的资源进行传输，此时不依赖基站调度。
本申请实施例中的终端设备在进行SL传输时获取资源的方式可以使用上述方式一或方式二，也可以使用其他获取资源的方式，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
应理解，图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信系统中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图1中未予以画出。
还应理解，图1仅为本申请实施例的一种应用场景，本申请对于该方法所应用的场景并不做限定。下文示出的实施例中，仅为便于理解和说明，以中继通信场景下网络设备与终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。
本申请实施例中，用户设备也可以称为：移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。
用户设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备，例如，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前，一些终端的举例为：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的用户设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的用户设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该用户设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，用户设备还可以是物联网(internet of things，IoT)系统中的用户设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。
在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band)NB技术，做到海量 连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。例如，NB可以包括一个资源块(resource block，RB)，即，NB的带宽只有180KB。要做到海量接入，必须要求终端在接入上是离散的，根据本申请实施例的通信方法，能够有效解决IOT技术海量终端在通过NB接入网络时的拥塞问题。
另外，本申请实施例中的接入设备可以是用于与用户设备通信的设备，该接入设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备，例如，接入设备可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入设备等，可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point，AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio，NR)系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。
另外，在本申请实施例中，用户设备还可与其他通信系统的用户设备进行通信，例如，设备间通信等。例如，该用户设备还可以与其他通信系统的用户设备进行时间同步报文的传输(例如，发送和/或接受)。
本申请实施例中的接入设备可以是用于与用户设备通信的设备，该接入设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备，例如，接入设备可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入设备等，可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point，AP)，可以是NR系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。
另外，在本申请实施例中，接入设备是RAN中的设备，或者说，是将用户设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点。例如，作为示例而非限定，作为接入设备，可以列举：gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point，TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、家庭基站(例如，home evolved NodeB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(base band unit，BBU)，或无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wifi)接入点(access point，AP)等。在一种网络结构中，网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit，CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit，DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的RAN设备。
接入设备为小区提供服务，用户设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与接入设备进行通信，该小区可以是接入设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
此外，LTE系统或5G系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，在某些特殊场景下，也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)场景下，当为UE配置辅载波时，会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小 区的小区标识(cell indentification，Cell ID)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如用户设备接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。
本申请的通信系统还可以适用于车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)技术，即，本申请的用户设备还可以是汽车，例如，智能汽车或自动驾驶汽车。
V2X中的“X”代表不同的通信目标，V2X可以包括但不限于：汽车对汽车(vehicle to vehicl，V2V)，汽车对路标设(vehicle to infrastructure，V2I)，汽车对网络(vehicle to network，V2N)，和汽车对行人(vehicle to pedestrian，V2P)。
在V2X中，接入设备可以为UE配置“区域(zone)”。其中，该区域也可以称为地理区域。当区域配置了以后，世界将被分成多个区域，这些区域由参考点、长、宽来进行定义。UE在进行区域标识(identifier，ID)确定的时候，会使用区域的长、宽、长度上面的区域数量、宽度上面的区域数量以及参考点进行余的操作。上述信息可以由接入设备进行配置。
V2X的业务可以通过两种方式提供：即，基于邻近服务通信(Proximity-based Services Communication 5，PC5)接口的方式和基于Uu接口的方式。其中PC5接口是在直通链路(sidelink)基础上定义的接口，使用这种接口，通信设备(例如，汽车)之间可以直接进行通信传输。PC5接口可以在覆盖外(out of coverage，OOC)和覆盖内(in coverage，IC)下使用，但只有得到授权的通信设备才能使用PC5接口进行传输。
下面以具体的实施例对本申请的技术方案进行详细说明。下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合，对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例中不再赘述。
在通信系统中，用户设备和网络设备的通信状态可能存在不同步的情况，具体来说，用户设备和网络设备的配置状态可能不同，导致用户设备和网络设备的通信状态不一致。例如，用户设备的实际RRC状态和网络设备以为的用户设备的RRC状态不同步。在SL通信场景中，Remote UE通过Relay UE与接入网设备进行通信，但是Remote UE与接入网设备可能存在配置异常的问题，例如，可能因为空口信号质量欠佳造成接入网设备和Remote UE的通信状态异常的问题，从而影响通信质量。
一种可选的理解当Remote UE处于RRC连接态时，接入网设备向Relay UE发送RRC释放消息，Relay UE可能并没有收到该RRC释放消息，接入网设备以为Remote UE处于RRC空闲态，接入网设备向Relay UE发送RRC重配置消息，Relay UE会释放Remote UE的DRB到Relay UE的Uu-RLC承载的映射关系，Remote UE的上行数据无法映射到Uu-RLC承载。用户设备和网络设备的通信状态不同步可以理解为Remote UE处于RRC连接态，但接入网设备认为该Remote UE处于RRC空闲态。从而影响通信质量，增加终端设备的功耗。
有鉴于此，本申请提供一种侧行链路通信方法和装置，能够解决Remote UE和接入网设备通信状态不同步的问题，从而提高通信质量，降低终端设备的功耗。
下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法和装置。
下文实施例，为区分且不失一般性，Remote UE作为第一设备的一个示例，Relay UE作为第二设备的一个示例，第一设备可以通过第二设备与接入网设备进行通信。图2是本申请实施例提供的一种侧行链路通信方法的示意性流程图。图2所示的方法200可以由图1所示的终端设备和网络设备执行。
S210，第二设备接收第一重配置消息，用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置。
本申请中，第一重配置消息可以是RRC重配置消息。以下以RRC重配置消息为例进行说明。
具体地，第二设备从接入网设备接收RRC重配置消息。相应地，接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息。
该RRC重配置消息用于第二设备释放无线承载上的配置，可以包括第一配置和第二配置。
具体地，第一配置可以包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上的配置，即可以理解为，第一设备的DRB通过第一配置映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上。
在一种实现方式中，无线承载可以是数据无线承载DRB。
在一种实现方式中，该无线接口可以是Uu接口，也可以是其它无线接口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
具体地，第二配置可以包括用于第二设备向第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC向第一设备发送信息，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口向第一设备发送信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，上述第二设备向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输，也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，在此情况下，该接入网设备认为第一设备已经进入RRC空闲态。而第二设备并未收到该RRC释放消息。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
S220，第二设备根据第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备释放使第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上的配置。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备可以释放使第一设备的数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)映射到第二设备的Uu RLC的无线承载上的配置。
具体地，第二设备释放用于第二设备向第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备可以释放第二设备的发送端的PC5 RLC的无线承载配置。
S230，第二设备从第一设备接收第一信息，该第一信息为第一设备发向接入网设备的信息。
具体地，第二设备从第一设备接收第一信息。相应地，第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息。
第一设备通过第二设备向接入网设备发送第一信息，该第一信息可以理解为，第一设备需要向接入网设备发送的上行数据。
需要说明的是，Remote UE可以采用自主竞争的方式，不依赖接入网设备的调度发送上行数据进行数据传输。
S240，第二设备根据第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请实施例中，空闲态可以是RRC空闲态，以下以RRC空闲态为例进行说明。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备接收到第一信息，第二设备将第一信息发送至接入网设备失败，第二设备向第一设备发送第一指示信息，用于指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
具体地，第二设备将第一信息发送至接入网设备失败，可以理解为，第二设备将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上失败。
可选的一种实施方式中，第二设备的适配层(adaptation layer，ADAPT)将第一信息进行解析获取第一设备的DRB ID，第二设备的ADAPT层需要将第一设备上行链路的DRB从第二设备的PC5 RLC信道入口映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
可以理解，由于第二设备已经释放了第一配置，因此第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口。
可以理解，第一设备根据第一指示信息释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
具体地，该第三配置可以包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC接收来自第一设备的信息，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口接收来自第一设备的信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备可以向接入网设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一设备处于RRC连接态。
具体地，可以理解，第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口，因此第二设备可以确定第三配置与第一配置状态不同步，该第三配置与第一配置状态不同步可以理解为，第二设备确定第一配置已释放，但第三配置未释放，因此第二设备无法将第一设备的DRB映射到第二设备的Uu RLC信道出口，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。在此情况下，第二设备可以指示接入网设备该第一设备仍然处于RRC连接态。
应理解，接入网设备接收第二指示信息，接入网设备可以根据该第二指示信息确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。
一种实现方式中，接入网设备可以指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
可选的，接入网设备通过第二设备给第一设备重新发送RRC释放消息，由第二设备转发该RRC释放消息给第一设备，从而使得第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
一种可能的实现方式中，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在一种实现方式中，接入网设备也可以向第二设备发送配置参数，该配置参数包括第一配置和第二配置，该配置参数用于第二设备建立第一配置和第二配置，从而使得第二设备可以为第一设备提供数据传输的服务。
基于本申请实施例，Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态不同步时，Relay UE可以通过上行数据的传输情况指示Remote UE进入RRC空闲态或将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，从而能够保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
图3是本申请实施例提供的又一种侧行链路通信方法的一种示意性交互图。图3所示的方法300可以由图1所示的终端设备和网络设备执行。
S410，第二设备接收第一重配置消息，该第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S210相同，在此不作赘述。
S320，第二设备根据该第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S220相同，在此不作赘述。
S330，第二设备根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示第一设备进入空闲态。
具体地，第二设备根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定是否向第一设备发送第一指示信息。相应地，第一设备接收第一指示信息。
其中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
其中，第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放。
具体地，该第三配置可以包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC接收来自第一设备的信息，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口接收来自第一设备的信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种实现方式中，该定时器设置信息包括定时器启动或重启信息和定时器时长信息，具体的，该定时器启动或重启信息可以为接入网设备释放第一配置时启动或重启定时器；该定时器时长信息包括第一时长，第一时长可以为预定义或预配置的时长，例如，第一时长可以为释放第一配置到释放第三配置的时长，也可以根据具体实施方案定义时长，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备根据第二信息和第三信息确定是否向第一设备发送第一指示信息，可以理解为，第二设备根据第二信息设置定时器，第二设备根据第三信息确定是否接收到第三指示信息，进一步的，第二设备可以确定在定时器的时长内是否接收到第三指示信息，从而确定在第一时长内第三配置是否释放，如果第三配置释放，则不发送第一指示信息；如果第三配置未释放，则向第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备根据第二信息和第三信息确定定时器超时，即，在第一时长未收到第三指示信息，则第二设备可以向接入网设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一设备处于RRC连接态。
具体地，可以理解，第二设备根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定第一设备未释放第三配置，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。在此情况下，第二设备可以指示接入网设备该第一设备仍然处于RRC连接态。
应理解，接入网设备接收第二指示信息，接入网设备可以根据该第二指示信息确定第一设备处于RRC连接态。
在一种实现方式中，接入网设备可以指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
可选的，接入网设备通过第二设备给第一设备重新发送RRC释放消息，由第二设备转发该RRC释放消息给第一设备，从而使得第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
可选的，接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在另一种实现方式中，接入网设备也可以向第二设备发送配置参数，该配置参数包括第一配置和第二配置，该配置参数用于第二设备建立第一配置和第二配置，从而使得第二设备可以为第一设备提供数据传输的服务。
基于本申请实施例，Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态不同步时，Relay UE可以通过设置定时器和接收第三配置释放的指示信息来确定是否需要指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态或将异常信息报告给接入网设备处理，从而能够保证Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态同步，降低Remote UE的功耗。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种侧行链路通信方法的示意性流程图。图4所示的方法400可以由图1所示的终端设备和网络设备执行。
S410，第二设备接收第一重配置消息，用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S210相同，在此不作赘述。
S420，第二设备根据第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S220相同，在此不作赘述。
S430，第一设备根据定时器确定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔。
其中，第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，第二通信用于所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，第一通信和第二通信之间的通信间隔可以理解为，第一设备发送上行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备发送上行数据到下一次发送上行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备接收下行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，第一设备接收下行数据到发送上行数据的时间间隔。
S440，第一设备根据通信间隔确定定时器超时，进入空闲态。
具体地，第一设备可以设置定时器，根据通信间隔时长确定该定时器是否超时，该定时器超时可以理解为，通信间隔时长超过定时器时长。
一种实现方式中，第一设备设置定时器时长为第二时长，该第二时长可以为预定义或预配置的时长。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种实现方式中，第一设备和第二设备或接入网设备的通信可能只有下行数据，当第一设备接收到第一通信的下行数据时，第一设备启动或重启定时器，第一设备在第二时长内未接收到第二通信的下行数据时，则该定时器超时。
例如，当第一设备的PC5媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)实体接收到下行数据，即收到侧行链路控制信道(sidelink control channel，SCCH)逻辑信道(不包括信令无线承载0-3(signaling radio bearer，SRB)，该信令用于维护Remote UE和Relay UE间的PC5单播连接)或侧行链路控制信道(sidelink traffic channel，STCH)逻辑信道的媒体接入控制业务数据单元(MAC service data unit，MAC SDU)，第一设备启动或重启定时器，当定时器超时时，MAC实体指示超时信息给上层，上层收到后指示第一设备进入 RRC空闲态。应理解，定时器未超时时，则第一设备保持RRC连接态。
一种实现方式中，第一设备和第二设备或接入网设备的通信可能只有上行数据，当第一设备发送第一通信的上行数据时，第一设备启动或重启定时器，第一设备在第二时长内未接收到第二通信的下行数据时，则该定时器超时。
例如，当第一设备的PC5 MAC实体发送上行数据，即发送SCCH逻辑信道(不包括信令无线承载SRB0-3，该信令用于维护Remote UE和Relay UE间的PC5单播连接)或STCH逻辑信道的MAC SDU，第二设备启动或重启定时器，当定时器超时时，MAC实体指示超时信息给上层，第二设备的上层收到后指示第二设备进入RRC空闲态。应理解，定时器未超时时，则第一设备保持RRC连接态。
可选地，第一设备还可以向接入网设备或第二设备发送第一请求消息，该第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，其中，该第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步可以理解为，第二配置与第三配置是否同步释放或保持。即，对于第二设备侧来说，用于第二设备向第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置和用于从第一设备接收信息的无线承载配置是否同步释放或同步保持。第二设备判断当前配置情况，若第二配置和第三配置均释放或者均保持，则判断第二配置和第三配置状态同步，若第二配置和第三配置其中一个释放另一个保持，则判断第二配置和第三配置状态不同步。
相应地，接入网设备或第二设备根据该第一请求消息向接入网设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于指示第一设备该第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
进一步地，第一设备接收第一消息，根据该第一消息可以确定第二配置与第三配置是否同步。
可选地，如果第二配置与第三配置状态同步，则第一设备仍然保持RRC连接态。
可选地，如果第二配置与第三配置状态不同步，则第一设备释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
一种实现方式中，第一设备和第二设备或接入网设备的通信可能有上行数据，也可能有下行数据，当第一设备接收第一通信的下行数据时，第一设备启动或重启定时器，第一设备在第二时长内未接收到第二通信的下行数据时，第一设备可以向第二设备或接入网设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。进一步地，第一设备接收第一消息，根据该第一消息可以确定第二配置与第三配置是否同步。从而确定是否进入RRC空闲态。
例如，第一设备的PC5 MAC实体可能会发送上行数据，只有当第一设备的PC5 MAC实体接收到下行数据时，即收到SCCH逻辑信道(不包括信令无线承载SRB0-3，该信令用于维护Remote UE和Relay UE间的PC5单播连接)或STCH逻辑信道的MAC SDU，第一设备才启动或重启定时器，当定时器超时时，第一设备可以向第二设备或接入网设备发送第一请求消息，用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。进一步地，第一设备接收第一消息，根据该第一消息可以确定第二配置与第三配置是否同步。从而确定是否进入RRC空闲态。
可选地，第一设备还可以向第二设备发送配置请求信息，用于请求第二设备向第一设备发送第二配置。
相应地，第二设备根据该配置请求信息向第一设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第 二配置。
进一步地，第一设备根据该第二消息中的第二配置可以确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
可选地，如果第二配置与第三配置状态同步，则第二设备仍然保持RRC连接态。
可选地，如果第二配置与第三配置状态不同步，则第二设备释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
基于本申请实施例，Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态不同步时，Remote UE可以通过设置定时器来监控上行数据和/或下行数据之间的传输间隔，进一步根据定时器是否超时确定Remote UE和接入网设备的通信状态是否同步，提高通信质量，降低Remote UE的功耗。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种侧行链路通信方法的示意性流程图。图5所示的方法500可以由图1所示的终端设备和网络设备执行。
S510，第一接入网通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息。
在本申请实施例中，第一释放消息可以是RRC释放消息，以下以RRC释放消息为例进行说明。
具体地，第一接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC释放消息，第二设备向第一设备转发该RRC释放消息。相应地，第一设备从第二设备接收RRC释放消息。
该RRC释放消息用于指示第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
具体地，第三配置可以包括用于第二设备从第一设备接收信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC从第一设备接收信息。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S520，接入网设备接收第一反馈消息。
具体地，接入网设备从第二设备接收第一反馈消息，根据该第一反馈消息确定第一设备进入RRC空闲态。相应地，第一设备从第二设备接收到RRC释放消息后，第一设备向第二设备发送第一反馈消息，第二设备将该第一反馈消息发送给接入网设备，用于通知接入网设备该第一设备收到RRC释放消息。
第一设备发送第一反馈消息后，执行步骤S530，根据RRC释放消息释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
应理解，第二设备如果未接收到RRC释放消息，则第一设备不会收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，第一设备不会向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息。
一种实现方式中，接入网设备可以设置定时器，该定时器的时长为第三时长，接入网设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息时启动或重启定时器，在第三时长内接收到第一反馈消息。其中，第三时长的长度可以预定义或预配置，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
应理解，如果接入网设备启动或重启定时器后，在第三时长内未从第二设备接收到第一反馈消息，则接入网设备无法确定第一设备接收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，接入网设备不会向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息。
一种实现方式中，接入网设备未接收到第一反馈消息，接入网设备可以再次通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S540，接入网设备发送第一重配置消息，用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置。
在本申请实施例中，第一重配置消息可以是RRC重配置消息，以下以RRC重配置消息为例进行说明。
在一种实现方式中，接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息。相应地，第二设备从接入网设备接收RRC重配置消息。
该RRC重配置消息用于第二设备释放无线承载上的配置，可以包括第一配置和第二配置。
具体地，第一配置可以包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上的配置。
在一种实现方式中，无线承载可以是数据无线承载DRB。
即，第一设备的DRB通过第一配置映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载上。
在一种实现方式中，该无线接口可以是Uu接口，也可以是其它无线接口，本申请实施例对此不作限定；
具体地，第二配置可以包括用于第二设备向第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC向第一设备发送信息，该第二设备也可以通过其他无线接口向第一设备发送信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，上述第二设备向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输，也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种实现方式中，在接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，接入网设备从第二设备接收第一反馈消息，确定第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备未接收到RRC释放消息时，接入网设备从第二设备不能接收到第一反馈消息，在此情况下，接入网设备不会向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备因为空口信号质量欠佳没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
S550，第二设备根据第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S220相同，在此不作赘述。
基于本申请实施例，Remote UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后通过Relay UE向接入网设备发送一个反馈消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，提高通信质量，降低Remote UE的功耗。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种侧行链路通信方法的示意性流程图。图6所示的方法600可以由图1所示的终端设备和网络设备执行。
S610，第一接入网向第二设备发送第一释放消息，该第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，用于指示第二设备发送第一状态报告消息。
在本申请实施例中，第一释放消息可以是RRC释放消息，以下以RRC释放消息为例进行说明。
在一种实现方式中，第一接入网设备向第二设备发送RRC释放消息，第二设备向第一设备转发该RRC释放消息，第二设备根据该RRC释放消息中的第四指示信息向接入网设备发送第一状态报告消息，该第一状态报告消息用于指示接入网设备该第二设备收到该RRC释放消息。相应地，第一设备从第二设备接收RRC释放消息。
该RRC释放消息用于指示第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
具体地，第三配置可以包括用于第二设备从第一设备接收信息的无线承载配置。
在一种实现方式中，该第二设备可以通过PC5 RLC从第一设备接收信息。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S620，接入网设备接收第一状态报告消息。
具体地，接入网设备从第二设备接收第一状态报告消息，根据该第一状态报告消息确定第二设备收到RRC释放消息，从而确定第一设备收到RRC释放消息。相应地，第一设备从第二设备接收到RRC释放消息后，执行步骤S630，根据RRC释放消息释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
在一种实现方式中，第二设备如果未接收到RRC释放消息，则第二设备不会向接入网设备发送第一状态报告消息，即，第一设备也没有收到RRC释放消息。
一种实现方式中，接入网设备可以设置定时器，该定时器的时长为第四时长，接入网设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息时启动或重启定时器，在第四时长内接收到第一状态报告消息。其中，第四时长的长度可以预定义或预配置，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种实现方式中，如果接入网设备启动或重启定时器后，在第四时长内未从第二设备接收到第一状态报告消息，则接入网设备无法确定第二设备接收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，接入网设备不会向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息。
一种实现方式中，接入网设备未接收到第一状态报告消息，接入网设备可以向第二设备再次发送RRC释放消息。本申请实施例对此不作限定。
S640，接入网设备发送第一重配置消息，用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法500中的步骤S540相同，在此不作赘述。
S650，第二设备根据第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置。
该步骤与方法200中的步骤S220相同，在此不作赘述。
基于本申请实施例，接入网设备通过在RRC释放消息中增加指示信息，用来指示Relay UE收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息后向接入网设备发送一个状态报告消息再进行配置释放，实现了端到端的响应过程，使得接入网设备直接确定Remote UE的RRC状态。从而和Remote UE的通信状态同步，提高通信质量，降低Remote UE的功耗。
以上，结合图2至图6详细说明了本申请实施例提供的方法。以下，结合图7至图8详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。
图7是本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信装置的示意性框图。如图7所示，该侧行链路通信装置700包括收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元710可以实现相应的通信功能，处理单元720用于进行数据处理，以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。收发单元710还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。
可选的，该侧行链路通信装置700还可以包括存储单元，该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据，处理单元720可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据，以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。
该侧行链路通信装置700可以用于执行上文方法实施例中接入网设备所执行的动作，这时，该侧行链路通信装置700可以为接入网设备或者可配置于接入网设备的部件，收发单元710用于执行上文方法实施例中接入网设备侧的收发相关的操作，存储单元用于执行 上文方法实施例中接入网设备侧的数据或指令存储相关的操作，处理单元720用于执行上文方法实施例中接入网设备侧的处理相关的操作。
或者，该侧行链路通信装置700可以用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备所执行的动作，这时，该侧行链路通信装置700可以为第一设备或者可配置于第一设备的部件，收发单元710用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备侧的收发相关的操作，存储单元用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备侧的数据或指令存储相关的操作，处理单元720用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备侧的处理相关的操作。
或者，该侧行链路通信装置700可以用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备所执行的动作，这时，该侧行链路通信装置700可以为第二设备或者可配置于第二设备的部件，收发单元710用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备侧的收发相关的操作，存储单元用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备侧的数据或指令存储相关的操作，处理单元720用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备侧的处理相关的操作。
在一种可能的设计中，该侧行链路通信装置700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200、300、400、500和600中的第一设备、第二设备和接入网设备。该侧行链路通信装置700可以包括用于执行图2至图6中的方法200至方法600中的第一设备、第二设备和接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且，该侧行链路通信装置700中的单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2至图6中的方法200至方法600中的相应流程。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法200中的第二设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述收发单元，用于从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；所述收发单元，还用于根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，第一设备、第二设备、无线承载、第一重配置消息，空闲态均可以参考方法200中D的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元根据第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，收发单元需要将第一信息发送至接入网设备，处理单元可以根据第一信息的发送状态来确定是否发送第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元具体用于当向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败时，所述发送单元向所述第一设备发送所述第一指示信息。
一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第一设备的DRB ID无法映射到所述第一配置。
一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于RRC连接态。
一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不 作限定。
一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元从第一设备接收第一信息，该第一信息可以是第一设备需要向接入网设备发送的上行数据。
在一种实现方式中，处理单元也可以指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
在一种实现方式中，收发单元也可以向第二设备发送配置参数，该配置参数包括第一配置和第二配置，该配置参数用于第二设备建立第一配置和第二配置，从而使得第二设备进入RRC连接态。
在该实施例中，第一配置、第二配置和第三配置可以参考方法200中的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
通信装置700用作方法200中的第一设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向接入网设备的信息，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第二设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述侧行链路通信装置还包括：处理单元，所述处理单元用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
通信装置700用作方法200中的接入网设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入一状态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于通过第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法300中的第二设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述处理单元，还用于根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，所述第二信息包括定时器设置信息，所述第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到所述第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到接入网设备发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，所述处理单元释放第三配置后，收发单元可以给第二设备发送第三指示信息，处理单元可以确定第三信息为接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC空闲态；当收发单元未接收到第三指示信息，即，第二设备可以确定第一设备处于RRC连接态，则，在此情况下，可以通过第一指示信息指示第一设备进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述定时器设置信息包括定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，所述定时器启动信息为所述接入网设备释放所述第一配置时启动所述定时器，所述定时器时长信息包括第一时长，所述第一时长为预定义或预配置的时长。
本申请中，第一时长可以为释放第一配置到释放第三配置的时长，也可以根据具体实施方案定义时长，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内收到所述第三指示信息，所述收发单元不发送所述第一指示信息；或者根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时，所述收发单元发送所述第一指示信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元可以根据第二信息设置定时器，处理单元可以根据第三信息确定是否接收到第三指示信息，进一步的，处理单元可以确定在定时器的时长内是否接收到第三指示信息，从而确定在第一时长内第三配置是否释放，如果第三配置释放，则不发送第一指示信息；如果第三配置未释放，则向第一设备发送第一指示信息，第一设备释放第三配置进入RRC空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当所述处理单元根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时时，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于RRC连接态。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法300中的第一设备时，可以执行如下步骤：处理单元，当第一设备收到第一释放消息时，所述处理单元用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；收发单元，用于发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第三配置释放，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；当所述第一设备未收到所述第一释放消息时，所述收发单元还用于接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元还用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法300中的接入网设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的 无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
在一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于通过第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法400中的第一设备时，可以执行如下步骤：处理单元，用于根据定时器确定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔，所述第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，所述第二通信用于所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述定时器超时进入空闲态。
在一种可能的方式中，收发单元向第一设备发送的信息包括数据传输和信令传输。应理解，该信息也可以是第二设备和第一设备之间的其他交互信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
在一种可能的方式中，在收发单元向第二设备发送RRC重配置消息之前，收发单元通过第二设备向第一设备发送RRC释放消息，而第二设备可能因为空口信号质量欠佳或其他因素没有收到收发单元发送的RRC释放消息。
本申请中，第二信息包括定时器设置信息，可以理解为，在第二设备侧设置定时器，该第二信息包括设置定时器的相关信息。
本申请中，第一通信和第二通信之间的通信间隔可以理解为，收发单元发送上行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元发送上行数据到下一次发送上行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元接收下行数据到接收下行数据的时间间隔，或者，收发单元接收下行数据到发送上行数据的时间间隔。
本申请中，处理单元可以设置定时器，根据通信间隔时长确定该定时器是否超时，该定时器超时可以理解为，通信间隔时长超过定时器时长。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述侧行链路通信装置还包括收发单元，当所述收发单元接收到所述第一通信的下行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述处理单元确定所述定时器超时，其中，所述第二时长为所述定时器的时间长度，所述第二时长的时间长度为预定义或预配置；当所述收发单元发送所述第一通信的上行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述处理单元确定所述定时器超时。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备或所述第二设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元还用于从所述接入网设备或所述第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确 定所述第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
本申请中，如果第二配置与第三配置状态同步，则第一设备仍然保持RRC连接态；如果第二配置与第三配置状态不同步，则第一设备释放第三配置，进入RRC空闲态。
本申请中，第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步的解释参考方法400中的详细阐述，在此不作赘述。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述第二设备发送配置请求信息，所述配置请求信息包括所述第二配置；所述收发单元还用于接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括所述第二配置；所述处理单元还用于根据所述第二消息确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法400中的第二设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述收发单元还用于从所述第一设备接收配置请求信息；所述收发单元还用于根据所述配置请求信息向所述第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二配置，所述第二消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法400中的接入网设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；处理单元，用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法500中的接入网设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于接收第一反馈消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无 线承载配置。
可选的，收发单元如果未接收到RRC释放消息，则第一设备不会收到RRC释放消息，进一步地，收发单元不会向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第三时长；并且当所述收发单元向所述第一设备发送所述RRC释放消息时启动所述定时器；所述接收单元具体用于在所述第三时长接收所述第一反馈消息。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法500中的第一设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于接收第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于通过第二设备向接入网设备发送第一反馈消息，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；处理单元，用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。示例性的，通信装置700用作方法500中的第二设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于从接入网设备接收第一释放消息并发送给第一设备，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一反馈消息；所述收发单元，还用于将所述第一反馈消息发送给所述接入网设备，所述第一反馈消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态。
在一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于接收第一重配置消息，所述处理单元用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法600中的接入网设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于接收所述第一状态报告消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一状态报告消息确定第一设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元具体用于设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第四时长；当所述收发单元向所述第二设备发送所述RRC释放消息时启动或所述定时器；所述收发单元具体用于在所述第四时长内接收所述第一状态报告消息。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法600中的第一设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；所述收发单元，还用于根据所述第四指示信息向所述接入网设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息用于所述接入网设备确定所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信； 所述收发单元，还用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
一种可能的方式中，所述收发单元还用于向所述第一设备发送所述第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息用于所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
示例性的，通信装置700用作方法600中的第二设备时，可以执行如下步骤：收发单元，用于从第二设备接收第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；处理单元，用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信。
应理解，各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。上文实施例中的处理单元720可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发单元710可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发单元710还可称为通信单元或通信接口。存储单元可以通过至少一个存储器实现。
图8是本申请实施例提供的侧行链路通信装置800的示意性框图。如图所示，该装置800包括：至少一个处理器820。该处理器820与存储器耦合，用于执行存储器中存储的指令，以发送信号和/或接收信号。可选地，该装置800还包括存储器830，用于存储指令。可选的，该装置800还包括收发器810，处理器820控制收发器810发送信号和/或接收信号。
应理解，上述处理器820和存储器830可以合成一个处理装置，处理器820用于执行存储器830中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时，该存储器830也可以集成在处理器820中，或者独立于处理器820。
还应理解，收发器810可以包括收发器(或者称，接收机)和发射器(或者称，发射机)。收发器还可以进一步包括天线，天线的数量可以为一个或多个。收发器810有可以是通信接口或者接口电路。
例如，该装置800中的收发器810可以对应于上述实施例中收发单元，该装置800中的处理器820可对应于上述实施例中处理单元。应理解，各收发器处理器执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
应注意，本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软 件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
可以理解，本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器，或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中，非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM，PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM，EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM，EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明，许多形式的RAM可用，例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM，SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM，DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM，SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM，DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM，ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch-link DRAM，SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct ram-bus RAM，DR RAM)。应注意，本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法，本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品上存储有计算机程序代码，当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行本申请的通信方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法，本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质，该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码，当该程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行本申请的通信方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的通信方法，本申请还提供一种系统，其包括前述的装置或设备。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计 算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc，DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disc，SSD))等。
上述各个装置实施例中网络侧设备与终端设备和方法实施例中的网络侧设备或终端设备对应，由相应的模块或单元执行相应的步骤，例如通信单元(收发器)执行方法实施例中接收或发送的步骤，除发送、接收外的其它步骤可以由处理单元(处理器)执行。具体单元的功能可以参考相应的方法实施例。其中，处理器可以为一个或多个。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所述领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计 算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (59)

  1. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；
    所述第二设备根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，包括：
    所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败；
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送所述第一指示信息。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败，包括：
    所述第二设备根据所述第一设备的无线承载ID无法映射到所述第一配置。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3项中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
  5. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一设备向第二设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向接入网设备的信息，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述第一设备从所述第二设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入所述空闲态，包括：
    所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  7. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信 息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态，包括：
    所述接入网设备通过所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  9. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述第二设备根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，所述第二信息包括定时器设置信息，所述第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到所述第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述定时器设置信息包括定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，所述定时器启动信息为所述接入网设备释放所述第一配置时启动所述定时器，所述定时器时长信息包括第一时长，所述第一时长为预定义或预配置的时长。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二设备根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，包括：
    所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内收到所述第三指示信息，所述第二设备不发送所述第一指示信息；或者
    所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时，所述第二设备发送所述第一指示信息。
  12. 根据权利要求9-11项中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时时，所述第二设备向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
  13. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    当第一设备收到第一释放消息时，所述第一设备释放第三配置并发送第三指示信息，所述第三配置包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第三配置释放，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    当所述第一设备未收到所述第一释放消息时，所述第一设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态，包括：
    所述第一设备释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  15. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述接入网设备接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态，包括：
    所述接入网设备通过所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  17. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一设备根据定时器确定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔，所述第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，所述第二通信用于所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述第一设备根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时；
    所述第一设备根据所述定时器超时进入空闲态。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一设备根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时，包括：
    当所述第一设备接收到所述第一通信的下行数据时，所述第一设备启动所述定时器，所述第一设备在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时，其中，所述第二时长为所述定时器的时间长度，所述第二时长的时间长度为预定义或预配置；
    当所述第一设备发送所述第一通信的上行数据时，所述第一设备启动所述定时器，所述第一设备在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一设备向所述接入网设备或所述第二设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述第一设备从所述接入网设备或所述第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
  20. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一设备向所述第二设备发送配置请求信息，所述配置请求信息包括所述第二配置；
    所述第一设备接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括所述第二配置；
    所述第一设备根据所述第二消息确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
  21. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二设备接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述第二设备根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；
    所述第二设备根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二设备从所述第一设备接收配置请求信息；
    所述第二设备根据所述配置请求信息向所述第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二配置，所述第二消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
  23. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述接入网设备从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述接入网设备向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
  24. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息；
    所述接入网设备接收第一反馈消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一反馈消息确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述接入网设备向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备接收第一反馈消息，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第三时长；
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第一设备发送所述第一释放消息时启动所述定时器；
    所述第一接入网设备在所述第三时长接收所述第一反馈消息。
  26. 一种侧行链路通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向第二设备发送第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；
    所述接入网设备接收所述第一状态报告消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一状态报告消息确定第一设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述接入网设备向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的数据无线承载无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备接收所述第一状态报告消息，包括：
    所述第一接入网设备设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第四时长；
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第二设备发送所述第一释放消息时启动或所述定时器；
    所述接入网设备在所述第四时长内接收所述第一状态报告消息。
  28. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述收发单元，用于从所述第一设备接收第一信息，所述第一信息为所述第一设备发向所述接入网设备的信息；
    所述收发单元，用于根据所述第一信息向所述第一设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败；所述收发单元具体用于向所述第一设备发送所述第一指示信息。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元根据所述第一设备的无线承载ID无法映射到所述第一配置时，所述收发单元向所述接入网设备发送所述第一信息失败。
  31. 根据权利要求28-30项中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
  32. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息为第一设备发向接入网设备的信息，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于从所述第二设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第 一指示信息进入空闲态。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：处理单元，所述处理单元用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  34. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于通过所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  36. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述收发单元，还用于根据第二信息和/或第三信息确定发送或者不发送第一指示信息，所述第二信息包括定时器设置信息，所述第三信息包括收到第三指示信息或未收到所述第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三配置释放，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述定时器设置信息包括定时器启动信息和定时器时长信息，所述定时器启动信息为所述接入网设备释放所述第一配置时启动所述定时器，所述定时器时长信息包括第一时长，所述第一时长为预定义或预配置的时长。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内收到所述第三指示信息，所述收发单元不发送所述第一指示信息；或者
    所述收发单元具体用于根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时，所述收发单元发送所述第一指示信息。
  39. 根据权利要求36-38项中任一项所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元具体用于根据所述第二信息和所述第三信息确定在所述第一时长内所述定时器超时时，所述收发单元还用于向所述接入网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一设备处于连接态。
  40. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于当第一设备收到第一释放消息时释放第三配置并发送第三指示信息，所述第三配置包括用于第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第三配置释放，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于当所述第一设备未收到所述第一释放消息时接收第一指示信息，所述第一设备根据所述第一指示信息进入空闲态。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于释放第三配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  42. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收第二指示信息，所述接入网设备根据所述第二指示信息指示所述第一设备进入空闲态。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于通过所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送状态指示信息，所述状态指示信息用于指示所述第一设备释放第三配置进入所述空闲态，其中，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置。
  44. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于根据定时器确定第一通信与第二通信之间的通信间隔，所述第一通信用于第一设备向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据或接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据，所述第二通信用于所述第一设备接收来自所述第二设备或所述接入网设备的下行数据或向第二设备或接入网设备发送上行数据，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述通信间隔确定所述定时器超时；
    所述处理单元还用于根据所述定时器超时进入空闲态。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置还包括：收发单元，当所述收发单元接收到所述第一通信的下行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，当所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时，其中，所述第二时长为所述定时器的时间长度，所述第二时长的时间长度为预定义或预配置；
    当所述收发单元发送所述第一通信的上行数据时，所述处理单元具体用于启动所述定时器，所述收发单元在第二时长内未接收到所述第二通信的下行数据，则所述定时器超时。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述发送单元还用于向所述接入网设备或所述第二设备发送第一请求消息，所述第一请求消息用于请求确定第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的 无线承载配置，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述收发单元还用于从所述接入网设备或所述第二设备接收第一消息，所述第一设备根据所述第一消息确定所述第二配置与第三配置状态是否同步。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元还用于向所述第二设备发送配置请求信息，所述配置请求信息包括所述第二配置；所述收发单元还用于接收第二消息，所述第二消息包括所述第二配置；所述处理单元还用于根据所述第二消息确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
  48. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于接收第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一重配置消息释放所述第一配置和所述第二配置；
    所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收配置请求信息；所述收发单元还用于根据所述配置请求信息向所述第一设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二配置，所述第二消息用于所述第一设备确定所述第二配置与所述第三配置状态是否同步。
  50. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于指示释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于从所述第一设备接收第一请求信息；
    处理单元，用于根据所述第一请求消息确定所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步，所述第三配置包括用于所述第二设备接收来自所述第一设备的信息的无线承载配置；
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第一设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于指示所述第二配置和第三配置状态是否同步。
  51. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于通过第二设备向第一设备发送第一释放消息；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收第一反馈消息，所述第一反馈信息用于接入网设备确定所述第一设备进入空闲态，其中，所述第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    处理单元，用于设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第三时长；
    所述处理单元还用于在所述收发单元向所述第一设备发送所述第一释放消息时启动所述定时器；
    所述收发单元具体用于在所述第三时长接收所述第一反馈消息。
  53. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    收发单元，用于向第二设备发送第一释放消息，所述第一释放消息包括第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第二设备发送第一状态报告消息，所述第一状态报告消息包括所述第二设备接收到所述第一释放消息；
    所述收发单元，还用于接收所述第一状态报告消息，所述接入网设备根据所述第一状态报告消息确定第一设备接收到所述第一释放消息，其中，第一设备通过所述第二设备和所述接入网设备进行通信；
    所述收发单元，还用于向所述第二设备发送第一重配置消息，所述第一重配置消息用于释放第一配置和第二配置，所述第一配置包括使第一设备的数据无线承载映射到所述第二设备的无线接口无线链路控制RLC的无线承载配置，所述第二配置包括用于所述第二设备向所述第一设备发送信息的无线承载配置。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的通信装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    处理单元，用于设置定时器，所述定时器的时间长度为第四时长；
    所述处理单元还用于在所述收发单元向所述第二设备发送所述第一释放消息时启动所述定时器；
    所述收发单元具体用于在所述第四时长内接收所述第一状态报告消息。
  55. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括执行如权利要求1至27项中任一项所述的侧行链路通信方法的模块或单元，或者包括如权利要求28至权利要求32项中任一项所述的侧行链路通信装置。
  56. 一种侧行链路通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至27项中任一项所述的通信方法。
  57. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至27项中任意一项所述的通信方法。
  58. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至27项中任一项所述的通信方法的指令。
  59. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，包括：处理器，用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信设备执行如权利要求1至27中任意一项所述的通信方法。
PCT/CN2022/134769 2021-11-29 2022-11-28 侧行链路通信方法和装置 WO2023093889A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111433950.X 2021-11-29
CN202111433950.XA CN116209099A (zh) 2021-11-29 2021-11-29 侧行链路通信方法和装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023093889A1 true WO2023093889A1 (zh) 2023-06-01

Family

ID=86511619

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/134769 WO2023093889A1 (zh) 2021-11-29 2022-11-28 侧行链路通信方法和装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116209099A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023093889A1 (zh)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020218902A1 (ko) * 2019-04-25 2020-10-29 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 사이드링크 자원을 할당 받기 위한 방법
US20200351975A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 FG Innovation Company Limited Method of sidelink unicast service management in access stratum layer and related device
WO2021034142A1 (ko) * 2019-08-22 2021-02-25 엘지전자 주식회사 리모트 ue를 위한 릴레이 ue의 동작 방법
WO2021219068A1 (zh) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 中继终端设备的重选方法和终端设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020218902A1 (ko) * 2019-04-25 2020-10-29 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 사이드링크 자원을 할당 받기 위한 방법
US20200351975A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2020-11-05 FG Innovation Company Limited Method of sidelink unicast service management in access stratum layer and related device
WO2021034142A1 (ko) * 2019-08-22 2021-02-25 엘지전자 주식회사 리모트 ue를 위한 릴레이 ue의 동작 방법
WO2021219068A1 (zh) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 维沃移动通信有限公司 中继终端设备的重选方法和终端设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116209099A (zh) 2023-06-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11399361B2 (en) V2X sidelink communication
WO2020200135A1 (zh) 一种资源配置方法及通信装置
JP7277002B2 (ja) 通信方法及び装置
US20230007727A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication apparatus
WO2019029333A1 (zh) 一种资源调度方法及装置
WO2020216133A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及设备
US20200162854A1 (en) Service Data Transmission Method And Apparatus
US20220201794A1 (en) Communication control method
WO2021087929A1 (zh) 一种随机接入的方法和装置
WO2021204016A1 (zh) 通信方法以及通信装置
WO2021027660A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和通信装置
WO2021027907A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2021027942A1 (en) Method and apparatus for capability information transfer
US20230199600A1 (en) Method and communications apparatus for configuring assistance information
CN116057998A (zh) 一种通信方法、设备和装置
WO2021026929A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2023093889A1 (zh) 侧行链路通信方法和装置
WO2021114103A1 (zh) 建立双连接的方法和通信装置
WO2023123229A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20240015632A1 (en) Repeater mode determining method, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2023093830A1 (zh) 侧边链路波束报告汇报方法及装置、存储介质、终端设备
WO2023169451A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置以及存储介质
CN112770366B (zh) 一种通信方法与通信装置
WO2022027697A1 (zh) 资源选择方法及装置
WO2022151277A1 (zh) 应用于非连续接收机制的通信方法及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22897970

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1